Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

from+the+notion

  • 21 compono

    com-pōno ( conp-), posui (COMPOSEIVERVNT, C. I. L. 1, 199, 2), positum (compostus, Plaut. Mil. 4, 7, 21 Lorenz; Verg. A. 1, 249; Lucil. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 43, 171; Varr ap. Sen. Ep. 56, 6), 3, v. a., to put, place, lay, bring or set together, to unite, join, connect, collect, aggregate, compose, to order, arrange, adjust, etc. (class. and very freq.).
    I.
    In gen., of different objects.
    A. 1.
    Of things in gen.:

    aridum lignum,

    Hor. C. 3, 17, 14:

    composita fronde,

    Prop. 1, 20, 22:

    uvas in tecto in cratibus,

    Cato, R. R. 112, 2:

    in quo (loco) erant ea conposita, quibus rex te numerare constituerat,

    Cic. Deiot. 6, 17:

    (amomum) manipulatim leniter componitur,

    Plin. 12, 13, 28, § 48:

    amphoras in culleum,

    Cato, R. R. 113, 2:

    ligna in caminum,

    id. ib. 37, 5.—
    b.
    To bring into contact, fit together, join:

    quid... in operibus manu factis tam compositum tamque compactum et coagmentatum inveniri potest?

    Cic. Fin. 3, 22, 74: cum poclo bibo eodem, amplector, labra labellis conpono, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 260, 28:

    tum latus conponit lateri et cum pectore pectus,

    id. ib. p. 260, 30:

    conponens manibusque manus atque ori bus ora,

    Verg. A. 8, 486:

    Mercurio Sais fertur Virgineum conposuisse latus,

    Prop. 2, 2, 12; cf.

    caput,

    Tib. 1, 5, 8.—Hence, of broken limbs, etc., med. t. t., to set:

    ossa,

    Cels. 8, 10, 2:

    jugulum,

    id. 8, 8, 8 et saep.—
    c.
    Esp., to pack up for a journey, etc.:

    omnia composta sunt quae donavi,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 7, 21:

    i ergo intro et compone quae tecum simul Ferantur,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 3, 5:

    dum tota domus raeda componitur una,

    Juv. 3, 10.—
    2.
    Of persons:

    is (Saturnus) genus indocile ac dispersum montibus altis Composuit,

    Verg. A. 8, 322:

    et tabula una duos poterit componere amantes,

    Prop. 2, 26, 33 (3, 22, 13); cf. II. C. 5. infra.—
    B.
    To set in opposition.
    1.
    To bring together in hostility, to oppose, to couple, pair, match in combat (cf. compositio, III.); esp. of gladiators, etc.: Samnis, spurcus homo, cum Pacideiano conponitur, optimus multo Post homines natos gladiator qui fuit unus, Lucil. Sat. ap. Non. p. 257, 18; cf. Cic. Opt. Gen. 6, 17:

    Rupili et Persi par pugnat, uti non Compositum melius cum Bitho Bacchius,

    Hor. S. 1, 7, 20 Orell. ad loc.:

    staturam habere Threcis cum Threce conpositi,

    Sen. Q. N. 4, praef. 8;

    and in gen.: si quis casus duos inter se bonos viros composuerit,

    Quint. 2, 17, 34:

    cuive virum mallem memet componere,

    Sil. 10, 70:

    componimur Vecordi Decio,

    id. 11, 212:

    hunc fatis,

    id. 1, 39:

    cum ventis, pelagique furentibus undis Composuit mortale genus,

    Luc. 3, 196;

    and fig.: pergis pugnantia secum Frontibus adversis componere,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 103:

    ecce par deo dignum, vir fortis cum fortuna mala conpositus,

    Sen. Prov. 1, 2, 9:

    non illa (rhetorice) secum ipsa componitur,

    Quint. 2, 17, 33;

    and of a judicial contest: accita Epicharis et cum indice composita,

    confronted, Tac. A. 15, 51; 16, 10.—
    2.
    To oppose by way of comparison, to compare, contrast.
    (α).
    With acc. and dat.: quid est, cur componere ausis mihi te aut me tibi? Att. ap. Non. p. 257, 15 (Trag. Rel. v. 147 Rib.):

    nec divis homines componier aequom'st,

    Cat. 68, 141: composita dicta evolvunt, Quae cum componas, dicta factis discrepant, Att. ap. Non. p. 260, 21 (Trag. Rel. v. 48 Rib.):

    si parva licet conponere magnis,

    Verg. G. 4, 176:

    parvis conponere magna solebam,

    id. E. 1, 23; Ov. M. 5, [p. 392] 416:

    audes cladi componere nostrae, Nympha, tuam?

    id. ib. 15, 530:

    divinis humana,

    Aus. Ecl. 1, 10.—
    (β).
    With acc. and cum:

    ubi Metelli dicta cum factis conposuit,

    Sall. J. 48, 1: causam suam cum causa adversarii. Quint. 7, 2, 22.
    II.
    In partic.
    A.
    Of the parts of a whole, or of a whole as made up of parts.
    1. (α).
    With ex:

    exercitus ejus conpositus ex variis gentibus,

    Sall. J. 18, 3:

    genus humanum ex corpore et anima conpositum,

    id. ib. 2, 1:

    liber ex alienis orationibus compositus,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 14, 47:

    antidoton... ex multis atque interim contrariis quoque inter se effectibus,

    Quint. 1, 10, 6:

    ex quo (umore) componi debet (medicamentum),

    Cels. 6, 7, 1 fin.
    (β).
    With abl.:

    mensam gramine,

    Sil. 15, 51.—
    (γ).
    With acc. alone:

    medicamentum,

    Col. 6, 4, 1; Scrib. Comp. 10.—
    2.
    Esp., of buildings, etc., to construct, build:

    qui cuncta conposuit,

    i. e. the Creator, Cic. Univ. 13:

    urbem,

    Verg. A. 3, 387:

    illa (templa) deis,

    Ov. F. 1, 708 Burm. ad loc.:

    aggere conposito tumuli,

    Verg. A. 7, 6:

    deletas Thebas,

    Prop. 2, 6, 5.—
    3.
    Of words, to compound:

    vitilitigatores ex vitiis et litigatoribus, Plin. praef. § 32: verba composita (opp. simplicia),

    Quint. 1, 5, 3.—
    4.
    Of writings, speeches, etc.
    a.
    To compose, write, construct (very freq.):

    leges,

    Lucr. 4, 966:

    compone hoc, quod postulo, de argento: de reliquo videro,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 16, § 36:

    quartum librum,

    id. de Or. 2, 55, 224:

    libros,

    id. Fam. 16, 20; Plin. Ep. 9, 9, 1:

    libellos,

    Quint. 12, 8, 5:

    actiones,

    Cic. Att. 6, 1, 8; Quint. 11, 3, 68:

    argumentum,

    Cic. Att. 15, 4, 3:

    edictum eis verbis,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 45, § 116:

    edictum eorum arbitratu,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 46, §

    119: artes,

    books of instruction, id. Brut. 12, 48; id. Ac. 2, 13, 40:

    artificium,

    id. de Or. 2, 19, 83:

    commentarium consulatus mei,

    id. Att. 1, 19, 10; Quint. 1, 8, 19:

    quarum (litterarum) exemplum,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 20, 53:

    quandam disciplinae formulam,

    id. Ac. 1, 4, 17:

    stipulationum et judiciorum formulas,

    id. Leg. 1, 4, 14:

    interdictum,

    id. Caecin. 21, 59:

    poema,

    id. ad Q. Fr. 3, 1, 4; cf. Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 77; Ov. Tr. 5, 12, 60:

    senatus consultum,

    Cic. Fam. 10, 22, 2:

    testimonium,

    id. Att. 15, 15, 1:

    verba ad religionem deorum immortalium,

    id. Dom. 47, 124:

    de judicialibus causis aliqua,

    Quint. 3, 6, 104:

    aliquid de ratione dicendi, id. prooem. 1: quae de ortu vitaque Scapulae composita erant,

    Tac. A. 16, 14:

    Apion... inmortalitate donari a se scripsit ad quos aliqua conponebat, Plin. praef. § 25: carmen,

    Cic. Mur. 12, 26:

    carmina,

    Tac. Or. 12; id. A. 3, 49:

    epistulas,

    id. ib. 2, 70:

    litteras nomine Marcelli,

    Liv. 27, 28, 4; Tac. A. 11, 20:

    orationem habere ad conciliandos plebis animos conpositam,

    Liv. 1, 35, 2:

    blanditias tremula voce,

    Tib. 1, 2, 91:

    meditata manu verba trementi,

    Ov. M. 9, 521:

    versus,

    Hor. S. 1, 4, 8:

    mollem versum,

    Prop. 1, 7, 19:

    cantus,

    Tib. 1, 2, 53:

    in morem annalium,

    Tac. Or. 22:

    orationes adversus aliquem,

    id. ib. 37:

    litteras ad aliquem,

    id. A. 15, 8; 14, 22:

    probra in Gaium,

    id. ib. 6, 9;

    14, 50: multa et atrocia in Macronem,

    id. ib. 6, 44 (38) et saep.—
    b.
    Transf., of the subjects, etc., treated, to write about, treat, celebrate:

    tuas laudes,

    Tib. 4, 1, 35:

    res gestas,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 251:

    tempora Iliaca,

    Vell. 1, 3, 2:

    bellum Troicum,

    id. 1, 5, 3:

    Juli Africani vitam componendo, spem hominibus fecisti plurium ejus modi librorum,

    Tac. Or. 14:

    veteres populi Romani res,

    id. A. 4, 32:

    Neronis res,

    id. ib. 1, 1; 11, 11.—
    B.
    From the notion of closing.
    1.
    To put away, put aside, put in place:

    armamentis conplicandis, conponendis studuimus,

    i. e. folding up the sails and lowering the masts, Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 80:

    (tempus) ad componenda armamenta expediendumque remigem,

    Liv. 26, 39, 8:

    vela contrahit malosque inclinat et simul armamenta componens, etc.,

    id. 36, 44, 2:

    arma,

    Hor. C. 4, 14, 52:

    tristes istos conpone libellos,

    put aside, Prop. 1, 9, 13.—
    2.
    To store up, put away, collect:

    nec... Aut conponere opes norant aut parcere parto,

    Verg. A. 8, 317:

    ego conposito securus acervo Despiciam dites,

    Tib. 1, 1, 77;

    so fig.: condo et compono quae mox depromere possim,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 12.— So esp. to preserve, pack, put up fruits, meat, etc., for future use:

    pernas,

    Cato, R. R. 162, 12:

    tergora (suis),

    Col. 12, 55, 2: siccatos coliculos, id. 12, 9, 1:

    caepam in fidelia,

    id. 12, 10, 2:

    herbas,

    id. 12, 13, 2:

    poma,

    id. 12, 47, 5:

    olivas,

    Pall. Nov. 22, 5:

    herbam olla nova,

    Scrib. Comp. 60:

    faenum,

    Dig. 19, 2, 11, § 4:

    fructus in urceis, capsellis,

    ib. 33, 7, 12, §1.—
    3.
    Of the ashes or remains of the dead, to adjust, lay out, to collect and inurn, inter, bury:

    tu mea conpones et dices, ossa, Properti, Haec tua sunt,

    Prop. 2, 24, 35 (3, 19, 19):

    cinerem,

    Ov. F. 3, 547:

    cinerem ossaque,

    Val. Fl. 7, 203:

    sic ego conponi versus in ossa velim,

    Tib. 3, 2, 26.—Hence, in gen., of persons, to bury:

    quem... prope cognatos conpositum cineres,

    Cat. 68, 98:

    omnes composui (meos),

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 28:

    compositi busta avi,

    Ov. F. 5, 426:

    Pisonem Verania uxor... T. Vinium Crispina filia composuere,

    Tac. H. 1, 47:

    componi tumulo eodem,

    Ov. M. 4, 157:

    toro Mortua componar,

    id. ib. 9, 504:

    alto Conpositus lecto,

    Pers. 3, 104:

    aliquem terra,

    Sil. 9, 95.—
    4. a.
    Of things: omnia noctis erant placida composta quiete, Varr. Atac. ap. Sen. Contr. 3, 16:

    cum mare compositum est,

    Ov. A. A. 3, 259:

    aquas,

    id. H. 13, 136:

    fessum tumentes Composuit pelagus ventis patientibus undas,

    Luc. 5, 702.—
    b.
    Of persons:

    nec vigilantibus, sed etiam quiete compositis,

    Quint. 11, 2, 5:

    ubi jam thalamis se conposuere,

    Verg. G. 4, 189:

    defessa membra,

    id. ib. 4, 438:

    si bene conpositus somno vinoque jacebit,

    Ov. Am. 1, 4, 53.—
    5.
    To end strife, confusion, etc., to compose, pacify, allay, settle, calm, appease, quiet, tranquillize, reconcile, etc., that which is disturbed or at variance.
    a.
    With personal object:

    aversos amicos,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 29:

    ceteros clementia,

    Tac. A. 12, 55:

    comitia praetorum,

    id. ib. 14, 28; id. H. 1, 85:

    juvenes concitatos,

    Quint. 1, 10, 32; cf.:

    barbarum animos,

    Tac. A. 14, 39:

    gentem,

    Sil. 17, 356.—Esp. of the mind:

    prima (pars philosophiae) conponit animum,

    Sen. Ep. 89, 9:

    argumentum conpositae mentis,

    id. ib. 2, 1; Cels. 3, 18; Sil. 11, 352:

    mentem somno,

    id. 3, 162:

    religio saevas componit mentis,

    id. 13, 317.—
    b.
    Of places, countries, etc.:

    C. Caesar componendae Armeniae deligitur,

    Tac. A. 2, 4:

    Campaniam,

    id. H. 4, 3:

    Daciam,

    id. ib. 3, 53.—
    c.
    With abstr. or indef. objects:

    si possum hoc inter vos conponere,

    Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 23; cf.:

    vides, inter nos sic haec potius cum bona Ut componamus gratia quam cum mala?

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 17:

    gaudens conponi foedere bellum,

    Verg. A. 12, 109; so,

    bellum,

    Sall. J. 97, 2; Nep. Hann. 6, 2; id. Alcib. 8, 3; Vell. 2, 25, 1; Asin. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 33, 3:

    bella,

    Tac. A. 3, 56:

    cum vellet pro communi amico controversias regum componere,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 109:

    uti per colloquia omnes controversiae componantur,

    id. ib. 1, 9 fin.:

    curas,

    Verg. A. 4, 341; Sil. 12, 682:

    lites,

    Verg. E. 3, 108:

    seditionem civilem,

    Suet. Caes. 4:

    statum Orientis,

    id. Calig. 1:

    Romanus Ardeae turbatas seditione res... composuit,

    Liv. 4, 10, 6; 3, 53, 1:

    legatorum res et bello turbatas,

    id. 45, 16, 2:

    res Germanicas,

    Suet. Vit. 9:

    discordias,

    Tac. H. 4, 50:

    compositis praesentibus,

    id. A. 1, 45:

    odia et certamina,

    id. ib. 15, 2.—Less freq. transf., with the result as object:

    pacem componi volo Meo patri cum matre,

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 113:

    si pax cum Carthaginiensibus componi nequisset,

    Liv. 30, 40, 13:

    at me conposita pace fefellit Amor,

    Prop. 2, 2, 2:

    pax circa Brundusium composita,

    Vell. 2, 75, 3:

    pacem cum Pyrrho,

    Just. 18, 2, 6; cf. D. 2. infra.—
    d.
    Absol.:

    coheredes mei conponere et transigere cupiebant,

    Plin. Ep. 5, 1, 7; and so impers. pass.:

    posteaquam id quod maxime volui fieri non potuit, ut componeretur,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 136:

    Pompei summam esse... voluntatem, ut componeretur atque ab armis discederetur,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 16.—
    C. 1.
    In gen., to arrange, adjust, order, set in order:

    aulaeis se superbis Aurea sponda, of one's attitude on a couch,

    Verg. A. 1, 697:

    ad ictum militaris gladii conposita cervice,

    Sen. Cons. Marc. 26, 2:

    diductis aedificia angulis vidimus moveri iterumque conponi,

    id. Q. N. 6, 30, 4:

    si ad rem pertinet, quomodo caelo adfecto conpositisque sideribus quodque animal oriatur,

    Cic. Div. 2, 47, 98:

    tibi enim gratias agebat, quod signa componenda suscepisses,

    id. Att. 4, 9, 1.—
    2.
    Esp., milit. t. t.:

    se ad confligendum, Sisenn. ap. Non p. 257, 13: exercitum in hibernaculis, Sali J. 103, 1: in secunda (acie) cohortis, id. H. inc. Fragm. 44 Dietsch: stabant conpositi suis quisque ordinibus (opp. incompositi),

    Liv. 44, 38, 11:

    conpositi numero in turmas,

    Verg. A. 11, 599:

    cunctos licentia vagos compositus invadit = compositis ordinibus,

    Tac. H. 4, 35:

    agmen,

    id. ib. 2, 89; 5, 1; id. A. 12, 16:

    ordines,

    id. H. 4, 33:

    vagos paventesque Vitellianos, sua quemque apud signa, componunt,

    id. ib. 3, 35:

    pugnae exercitum,

    id. A. 13, 40:

    auxilia in numerum legionis,

    id. ib. 2, 80 Nipp. ad loc.:

    equitem per turmas,

    id. ib. 15, 29:

    insidias in montibus,

    Just. 1, 3, 11.—
    3.
    Of the order of words in language: quam lepide lexeis compostae! ut tesserulae omnes Arte pavimento atque emblemate vermiculato, Lucil. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 43, 171; id. ap. Cic. Or. 44, 149; cf. id. ib. sq.:

    ut aptior sit oratio, ipsa verba compone,

    id. Brut. 17, 68.—
    4.
    With reference to orderly appearance, etc., of the clothing, hair; the expression of the countenance, etc., to lay, smooth, adjust:

    suon quisque loco'st? Vide capillum, satin compositu'st commode?

    Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 97:

    composito et delibuto capillo,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 46, 135:

    comas,

    Ov. R. Am. 679:

    crines,

    Verg. G. 4, 417:

    ne turbarentur comae, quas componi, etc.,

    Quint. 11, 3, 148:

    togam,

    to lay in proper folds, Hor. S. 2, 3, 77; Quint. 11, 3, 156; cf.:

    nec tamen ante adiit... Quam se composuit, quam circumspexit amictus,

    Ov. M. 4, 318:

    pulvinum facili manu,

    id. A. A. 1, 160; cf.

    torum,

    id. F. 3, 484:

    jam libet componere voltus,

    id. M. 13, 767:

    vultu composito, ne laeti excessu principis, etc.,

    Tac. A. 1, 7; Plin. Ep. 3, 16, 5; cf.:

    (Tiberius) compositus ore,

    id. ib. 2, 34:

    vultum natura horridum... efferabat, componens ad speculum in omnem terrorem,

    distorting, Suet. Calig. 50.—
    5.
    In gen., to adjust, arrange, regulate, for the expression of something, or to accord with something; usu. ad aliquid:

    ad abstinentiam rursus, non secus ac modo ad balineum animum vultumque conposui,

    Plin. Ep. 7, 1, 6:

    orationis ipsius vultus ad id, quod efficere intendimus, compositus,

    Quint. 9, 1, 21:

    utraque manu ad modum aliquid portantium composita,

    id. 11, 3, 120:

    ge. stum oratoris ad similitudinem saltationis,

    id. 1, 11, 19:

    figuram ad imitationem alterius scripturae,

    id. 9, 2, 34:

    nec ad votum composita civitas,

    Tac. Or. 41:

    cuncta ad decorem inperi conposita,

    id. H. 1, 71:

    cunctis ad tristitiam conpositis,

    id. A. 3, 1. —Less freq. with dat.:

    voltus conponere famae Taedet,

    to adapt, Tib. 4, 7, 9:

    venturis carbasa ventis,

    Luc. 3, 596:

    me quoque mittendis rectum componite telis,

    id. 3, 717. —With in:

    Nero itinera urbis... veste servili in dissimulationem sui compositus pererrabat,

    disguised, made up, Tac. A. 13, 25. —
    D. (α).
    With acc.:

    ego itinera sic composueram, ut Nonis Quinctilibus Puteolis essem,

    Cic. Att. 15, 26, 3:

    quod adest memento Componere aequus,

    Hor. C. 3, 29, 33:

    conposita atque constituta re publica,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 18, 42:

    necdum compositis maturisve satis consiliis,

    Liv. 4, 13, 5:

    (diem) totum in consideranda causa componendaque posuisse,

    Cic. Brut. 22, 87:

    tempus in cognoscendis componendisque causis consumere,

    id. Or. 42, 143:

    ex sententia omnibus rebus paratis conpositisque,

    Sall. J. 43, 5; 94, 1:

    in senatu cuncta longis aliorum principatibus composita statim decernuntur,

    Tac. H. 2, 55:

    dum quae forent firmando Neronis imperio componuntur,

    id. A. 12, 68.—
    (β).
    With ad or in and acc. of the purpose for which, or the example according to which, etc.:

    cum alteri placeat auspicia ista ad utilitatem esse rei publicae conposita,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 13, 32:

    omnia ad voluptatem multitudinis inperitae,

    Quint. 10, 1, 43:

    animum ad omnes casus,

    id. 12, 9, 20; Val. Fl. 1, 321:

    satis igitur in hoc nos componet multa scribendi exercitatio,

    Quint. 9, 4, 114:

    cultum victumque non ad nova exempla conponere, sed ut majorum mores suadent,

    Sen. Tranq. 9, 2. —
    2. (α).
    In gen.: eum allegaverunt, suom qui servom diceret Cum auro esse apud me: conposita est fallacia, [p. 393] Ut, etc., Plaut. Poen. 3, 5, 29:

    quin jam virginem Despondi: res composita'st,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 7, 17:

    ita causa componitur, ut item palaestritae Bidini peterent ab Epicrate hereditatem,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 22, § 54:

    societatem praedarum cum latronibus conposuisse,

    Sall. H. 4, 11 Dietsch:

    crimen ab inimicis Romae conpositum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 61, § 141:

    conpositis inter se rebus,

    Sall. J. 66, 2:

    ita conposito dolo digrediuntur,

    id. ib. 111, 4:

    conposito jam consilio,

    Liv. 3, 53, 3: ceteri proditores ea quae composita erant exspectabant;

    convenerat autem, etc.,

    id. 25, 9, 8:

    sub noctem susurri Composita repetantur hora,

    Hor. C. 1, 9, 20:

    ictum jam foedus, et omnes Conpositae leges,

    Verg. A. 12, 315:

    compositis notis,

    Tib. 1, 2, 22:

    crimen ac dolum ultro,

    Tac. H. 1, 34:

    proditionem,

    id. ib. 2, 100:

    seditionem,

    id. ib. 4, 14:

    insidias,

    id. ib. 5, 22; id. A. 12, 54; 13, 47: pacem componere, v. B. 5. supra.—
    (β).
    With rel.-clause:

    cum summa concordia, quos dimitterent, quos retinerent, composuerunt,

    Liv. 40, 40, 14.—
    (γ).
    With inf.:

    ii, secretis conloquiis conponunt Gallos concire,

    Tac. A. 3, 40.—
    (δ).
    Pass. impers.:

    ut domi compositum cum Marcio erat,

    Liv. 2, 37, 1.—
    (ε).
    With ut and subj.:

    compositum inter ipsos ut Latiaris strueret dolum,

    Tac. A. 4, 68; cf. P. a. subst.
    3.
    In gen., to feign, invent, devise, contrive, in order to deceive or delude, etc.: composita dicta, Att. ap. Non. p. 260, 22 (Trag. Rel. v. 47 Rib.):

    ne tu istic hodie malo tuo conpositis mendaciis Advenisti,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 211:

    nec bene mendaci risus conponitur ore,

    Tib. 3, 6, 35 (3, 7, 3):

    sed vobis facile'st verba et conponere fraudes,

    Prop. 2, 9, 31:

    insidias in me conponis inanes,

    id. 2, 32 (3, 30), 19:

    compositas insidias fatoque evitatas ementitur,

    Tac. A. 13, 47:

    si haec fabulosa et composita videntur,

    id. Or. 12; id. Agr. 40:

    quae ut augendae famae composita, sic reliqua non in obscuro habentur,

    id. A. 15, 16; cf.:

    vetustatem, ut cetera, in majus conponentem altores Jovis celebravisse,

    exaggerating, Sall. H. 3, 60 Dietsch.— Part. perf. with in and acc., pretending, assuming the appearance or expression:

    (Domitianus) paratus simulatione, in adrogantiam compositus audiit preces,

    Tac. Agr. 42:

    is in maestitiam compositus,

    id. H. 2, 9; 1, 54:

    in securitatem,

    id. A. 3, 44.—Rarely with ad:

    tunc compositus ad maestitiam,

    Tac. A. 13, 20.— Hence, P. a.: compŏsĭtus ( - postus), a, um.
    A.
    Well-arranged, ordered, or constituted, orderly, regular:

    quae (injuria) dum foris sunt, nil videtur mundius, Nec magis compositum quicquam nec magis elegans,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 13: admiratus sum... sunchusin litterularum, quae solent tuae compositissimae et clarissimae esse, Cic. Att. 6, 9, 1:

    acrior impetu atque animis quam compositior ullo ordine pugna fuit,

    Liv. 28, 22, 13:

    intellegitur, etiamsi non adjecero, conpositum ordinatumque fore talem virum,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 3:

    composita et quieta et beata respublica,

    Tac. Or. 36. —Of writings:

    quare in his quoque libris erant eadem aliqua... omnia vero compositiora et elaborata,

    Quint. 1, pr. § 8; cf.:

    illa quae curam fatentur et ficta atque composita videri etiam volunt,

    elaborate, id. 8, pr. § 23.— Transf., of the orator himself:

    si aut compositi oratoris bene structam collocationem dissolvas permutatione verborum,

    Cic. Or. 70, 232.—
    B.
    Fitly disposed for any purpose, prepared, apt, fit, adapted, qualified, suitable, ready:

    perficiam ut nemo umquam paratior, vigilantior, compositior ad judicium venisse videatur,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 1, 11; so,

    equus bene natura compositus,

    Auct. Her. 4, 46, 59.— With ad or in and acc., or with dat.:

    arte quadam ab juventa in ostentationem (virtutum) compositus,

    Liv. 26, 19, 3 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    alius historiae magis idoneus, alius compositus ad carmen,

    Quint. 2, 8, 7:

    aeque in adulationem compositus (sacerdos),

    Curt. 4, 7, 26:

    (Attici) non maxime ad risum compositi,

    Quint. 6, 3, 18:

    natura atque arte compositus alliciendis etiam Muciani moribus,

    Tac. H. 2, 5.—
    C.
    Quiet, peaceful, undisturbed, calm, composed, unimpassioned, etc.:

    ut peractis quae agenda fuerint salvo jam et composito die possis ibi manere,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 2:

    lenis et nitidi et compositi generis amatores,

    Quint. 10, 1, 44:

    actio,

    id. 11, 3, 110:

    aetas,

    mature, sedate, Tac. A. 13, 1: adfectus mites atque compositi, Quint. 6, 2, 9:

    supercilium (opp. erectum),

    id. 11, 3, 74:

    repetitio eorum (civium) labefactabat compositam civitatem,

    Flor. 3, 23, 3.—
    D.
    Compound, composite, made up of parts (opp. simplex):

    verba,

    Quint. 1, 5, 3; 1, 6, 38; 7, 9, 5:

    voces,

    id. 1, 5, 65; cf. id. 1, 5, 9; 2, 12, 3.—Hence, subst.: compŏsĭtum ( conp-), i, n., that which is agreed, an agreement, compact, etc.; only abl. in the phrases,
    (α).
    Ex composito, according to agreement, by agreement, in concert, Sall. H. 2, 12 Dietsch:

    tum ex composito orta vis,

    Liv. 1, 9, 10; 5, 14, 2; 36, 25, 1; 40, 48, 4; Suet. Claud. 37; Tac. H. 4, 66.—
    (β).
    De composito, by agreement, App. Mag. 1, p. 273; and,
    (γ).
    More rarely in the same sense, composito alone, Ter. Phorm. 5, 1, 29; Nep. Dat. 6, 6; Verg. A. 2, 129.—Hence also adv.: compŏsĭtē ( conp-), in an orderly, regular, or skilful manner, orderly, regularly, properly (class. but rare;

    not in Quint.): ambulare,

    Col. 6, 2, 5:

    indutus,

    Gell. 1, 5, 2:

    composite et apte dicere,

    Cic. Or. 71, 236:

    composite, ornate, copiose eloqui,

    id. De Or. 1, 11, 48:

    composite atque magnifice casum reipublicae miserati,

    Sall. C. 51, 9:

    bene et composite disseruit,

    id. Ib. 52.— Comp.:

    compositius cuncta quam festinantius agerent,

    Tac. A. 15, 3.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > compono

  • 22 compositum

    com-pōno ( conp-), posui (COMPOSEIVERVNT, C. I. L. 1, 199, 2), positum (compostus, Plaut. Mil. 4, 7, 21 Lorenz; Verg. A. 1, 249; Lucil. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 43, 171; Varr ap. Sen. Ep. 56, 6), 3, v. a., to put, place, lay, bring or set together, to unite, join, connect, collect, aggregate, compose, to order, arrange, adjust, etc. (class. and very freq.).
    I.
    In gen., of different objects.
    A. 1.
    Of things in gen.:

    aridum lignum,

    Hor. C. 3, 17, 14:

    composita fronde,

    Prop. 1, 20, 22:

    uvas in tecto in cratibus,

    Cato, R. R. 112, 2:

    in quo (loco) erant ea conposita, quibus rex te numerare constituerat,

    Cic. Deiot. 6, 17:

    (amomum) manipulatim leniter componitur,

    Plin. 12, 13, 28, § 48:

    amphoras in culleum,

    Cato, R. R. 113, 2:

    ligna in caminum,

    id. ib. 37, 5.—
    b.
    To bring into contact, fit together, join:

    quid... in operibus manu factis tam compositum tamque compactum et coagmentatum inveniri potest?

    Cic. Fin. 3, 22, 74: cum poclo bibo eodem, amplector, labra labellis conpono, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 260, 28:

    tum latus conponit lateri et cum pectore pectus,

    id. ib. p. 260, 30:

    conponens manibusque manus atque ori bus ora,

    Verg. A. 8, 486:

    Mercurio Sais fertur Virgineum conposuisse latus,

    Prop. 2, 2, 12; cf.

    caput,

    Tib. 1, 5, 8.—Hence, of broken limbs, etc., med. t. t., to set:

    ossa,

    Cels. 8, 10, 2:

    jugulum,

    id. 8, 8, 8 et saep.—
    c.
    Esp., to pack up for a journey, etc.:

    omnia composta sunt quae donavi,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 7, 21:

    i ergo intro et compone quae tecum simul Ferantur,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 3, 5:

    dum tota domus raeda componitur una,

    Juv. 3, 10.—
    2.
    Of persons:

    is (Saturnus) genus indocile ac dispersum montibus altis Composuit,

    Verg. A. 8, 322:

    et tabula una duos poterit componere amantes,

    Prop. 2, 26, 33 (3, 22, 13); cf. II. C. 5. infra.—
    B.
    To set in opposition.
    1.
    To bring together in hostility, to oppose, to couple, pair, match in combat (cf. compositio, III.); esp. of gladiators, etc.: Samnis, spurcus homo, cum Pacideiano conponitur, optimus multo Post homines natos gladiator qui fuit unus, Lucil. Sat. ap. Non. p. 257, 18; cf. Cic. Opt. Gen. 6, 17:

    Rupili et Persi par pugnat, uti non Compositum melius cum Bitho Bacchius,

    Hor. S. 1, 7, 20 Orell. ad loc.:

    staturam habere Threcis cum Threce conpositi,

    Sen. Q. N. 4, praef. 8;

    and in gen.: si quis casus duos inter se bonos viros composuerit,

    Quint. 2, 17, 34:

    cuive virum mallem memet componere,

    Sil. 10, 70:

    componimur Vecordi Decio,

    id. 11, 212:

    hunc fatis,

    id. 1, 39:

    cum ventis, pelagique furentibus undis Composuit mortale genus,

    Luc. 3, 196;

    and fig.: pergis pugnantia secum Frontibus adversis componere,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 103:

    ecce par deo dignum, vir fortis cum fortuna mala conpositus,

    Sen. Prov. 1, 2, 9:

    non illa (rhetorice) secum ipsa componitur,

    Quint. 2, 17, 33;

    and of a judicial contest: accita Epicharis et cum indice composita,

    confronted, Tac. A. 15, 51; 16, 10.—
    2.
    To oppose by way of comparison, to compare, contrast.
    (α).
    With acc. and dat.: quid est, cur componere ausis mihi te aut me tibi? Att. ap. Non. p. 257, 15 (Trag. Rel. v. 147 Rib.):

    nec divis homines componier aequom'st,

    Cat. 68, 141: composita dicta evolvunt, Quae cum componas, dicta factis discrepant, Att. ap. Non. p. 260, 21 (Trag. Rel. v. 48 Rib.):

    si parva licet conponere magnis,

    Verg. G. 4, 176:

    parvis conponere magna solebam,

    id. E. 1, 23; Ov. M. 5, [p. 392] 416:

    audes cladi componere nostrae, Nympha, tuam?

    id. ib. 15, 530:

    divinis humana,

    Aus. Ecl. 1, 10.—
    (β).
    With acc. and cum:

    ubi Metelli dicta cum factis conposuit,

    Sall. J. 48, 1: causam suam cum causa adversarii. Quint. 7, 2, 22.
    II.
    In partic.
    A.
    Of the parts of a whole, or of a whole as made up of parts.
    1. (α).
    With ex:

    exercitus ejus conpositus ex variis gentibus,

    Sall. J. 18, 3:

    genus humanum ex corpore et anima conpositum,

    id. ib. 2, 1:

    liber ex alienis orationibus compositus,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 14, 47:

    antidoton... ex multis atque interim contrariis quoque inter se effectibus,

    Quint. 1, 10, 6:

    ex quo (umore) componi debet (medicamentum),

    Cels. 6, 7, 1 fin.
    (β).
    With abl.:

    mensam gramine,

    Sil. 15, 51.—
    (γ).
    With acc. alone:

    medicamentum,

    Col. 6, 4, 1; Scrib. Comp. 10.—
    2.
    Esp., of buildings, etc., to construct, build:

    qui cuncta conposuit,

    i. e. the Creator, Cic. Univ. 13:

    urbem,

    Verg. A. 3, 387:

    illa (templa) deis,

    Ov. F. 1, 708 Burm. ad loc.:

    aggere conposito tumuli,

    Verg. A. 7, 6:

    deletas Thebas,

    Prop. 2, 6, 5.—
    3.
    Of words, to compound:

    vitilitigatores ex vitiis et litigatoribus, Plin. praef. § 32: verba composita (opp. simplicia),

    Quint. 1, 5, 3.—
    4.
    Of writings, speeches, etc.
    a.
    To compose, write, construct (very freq.):

    leges,

    Lucr. 4, 966:

    compone hoc, quod postulo, de argento: de reliquo videro,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 16, § 36:

    quartum librum,

    id. de Or. 2, 55, 224:

    libros,

    id. Fam. 16, 20; Plin. Ep. 9, 9, 1:

    libellos,

    Quint. 12, 8, 5:

    actiones,

    Cic. Att. 6, 1, 8; Quint. 11, 3, 68:

    argumentum,

    Cic. Att. 15, 4, 3:

    edictum eis verbis,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 45, § 116:

    edictum eorum arbitratu,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 46, §

    119: artes,

    books of instruction, id. Brut. 12, 48; id. Ac. 2, 13, 40:

    artificium,

    id. de Or. 2, 19, 83:

    commentarium consulatus mei,

    id. Att. 1, 19, 10; Quint. 1, 8, 19:

    quarum (litterarum) exemplum,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 20, 53:

    quandam disciplinae formulam,

    id. Ac. 1, 4, 17:

    stipulationum et judiciorum formulas,

    id. Leg. 1, 4, 14:

    interdictum,

    id. Caecin. 21, 59:

    poema,

    id. ad Q. Fr. 3, 1, 4; cf. Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 77; Ov. Tr. 5, 12, 60:

    senatus consultum,

    Cic. Fam. 10, 22, 2:

    testimonium,

    id. Att. 15, 15, 1:

    verba ad religionem deorum immortalium,

    id. Dom. 47, 124:

    de judicialibus causis aliqua,

    Quint. 3, 6, 104:

    aliquid de ratione dicendi, id. prooem. 1: quae de ortu vitaque Scapulae composita erant,

    Tac. A. 16, 14:

    Apion... inmortalitate donari a se scripsit ad quos aliqua conponebat, Plin. praef. § 25: carmen,

    Cic. Mur. 12, 26:

    carmina,

    Tac. Or. 12; id. A. 3, 49:

    epistulas,

    id. ib. 2, 70:

    litteras nomine Marcelli,

    Liv. 27, 28, 4; Tac. A. 11, 20:

    orationem habere ad conciliandos plebis animos conpositam,

    Liv. 1, 35, 2:

    blanditias tremula voce,

    Tib. 1, 2, 91:

    meditata manu verba trementi,

    Ov. M. 9, 521:

    versus,

    Hor. S. 1, 4, 8:

    mollem versum,

    Prop. 1, 7, 19:

    cantus,

    Tib. 1, 2, 53:

    in morem annalium,

    Tac. Or. 22:

    orationes adversus aliquem,

    id. ib. 37:

    litteras ad aliquem,

    id. A. 15, 8; 14, 22:

    probra in Gaium,

    id. ib. 6, 9;

    14, 50: multa et atrocia in Macronem,

    id. ib. 6, 44 (38) et saep.—
    b.
    Transf., of the subjects, etc., treated, to write about, treat, celebrate:

    tuas laudes,

    Tib. 4, 1, 35:

    res gestas,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 251:

    tempora Iliaca,

    Vell. 1, 3, 2:

    bellum Troicum,

    id. 1, 5, 3:

    Juli Africani vitam componendo, spem hominibus fecisti plurium ejus modi librorum,

    Tac. Or. 14:

    veteres populi Romani res,

    id. A. 4, 32:

    Neronis res,

    id. ib. 1, 1; 11, 11.—
    B.
    From the notion of closing.
    1.
    To put away, put aside, put in place:

    armamentis conplicandis, conponendis studuimus,

    i. e. folding up the sails and lowering the masts, Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 80:

    (tempus) ad componenda armamenta expediendumque remigem,

    Liv. 26, 39, 8:

    vela contrahit malosque inclinat et simul armamenta componens, etc.,

    id. 36, 44, 2:

    arma,

    Hor. C. 4, 14, 52:

    tristes istos conpone libellos,

    put aside, Prop. 1, 9, 13.—
    2.
    To store up, put away, collect:

    nec... Aut conponere opes norant aut parcere parto,

    Verg. A. 8, 317:

    ego conposito securus acervo Despiciam dites,

    Tib. 1, 1, 77;

    so fig.: condo et compono quae mox depromere possim,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 12.— So esp. to preserve, pack, put up fruits, meat, etc., for future use:

    pernas,

    Cato, R. R. 162, 12:

    tergora (suis),

    Col. 12, 55, 2: siccatos coliculos, id. 12, 9, 1:

    caepam in fidelia,

    id. 12, 10, 2:

    herbas,

    id. 12, 13, 2:

    poma,

    id. 12, 47, 5:

    olivas,

    Pall. Nov. 22, 5:

    herbam olla nova,

    Scrib. Comp. 60:

    faenum,

    Dig. 19, 2, 11, § 4:

    fructus in urceis, capsellis,

    ib. 33, 7, 12, §1.—
    3.
    Of the ashes or remains of the dead, to adjust, lay out, to collect and inurn, inter, bury:

    tu mea conpones et dices, ossa, Properti, Haec tua sunt,

    Prop. 2, 24, 35 (3, 19, 19):

    cinerem,

    Ov. F. 3, 547:

    cinerem ossaque,

    Val. Fl. 7, 203:

    sic ego conponi versus in ossa velim,

    Tib. 3, 2, 26.—Hence, in gen., of persons, to bury:

    quem... prope cognatos conpositum cineres,

    Cat. 68, 98:

    omnes composui (meos),

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 28:

    compositi busta avi,

    Ov. F. 5, 426:

    Pisonem Verania uxor... T. Vinium Crispina filia composuere,

    Tac. H. 1, 47:

    componi tumulo eodem,

    Ov. M. 4, 157:

    toro Mortua componar,

    id. ib. 9, 504:

    alto Conpositus lecto,

    Pers. 3, 104:

    aliquem terra,

    Sil. 9, 95.—
    4. a.
    Of things: omnia noctis erant placida composta quiete, Varr. Atac. ap. Sen. Contr. 3, 16:

    cum mare compositum est,

    Ov. A. A. 3, 259:

    aquas,

    id. H. 13, 136:

    fessum tumentes Composuit pelagus ventis patientibus undas,

    Luc. 5, 702.—
    b.
    Of persons:

    nec vigilantibus, sed etiam quiete compositis,

    Quint. 11, 2, 5:

    ubi jam thalamis se conposuere,

    Verg. G. 4, 189:

    defessa membra,

    id. ib. 4, 438:

    si bene conpositus somno vinoque jacebit,

    Ov. Am. 1, 4, 53.—
    5.
    To end strife, confusion, etc., to compose, pacify, allay, settle, calm, appease, quiet, tranquillize, reconcile, etc., that which is disturbed or at variance.
    a.
    With personal object:

    aversos amicos,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 29:

    ceteros clementia,

    Tac. A. 12, 55:

    comitia praetorum,

    id. ib. 14, 28; id. H. 1, 85:

    juvenes concitatos,

    Quint. 1, 10, 32; cf.:

    barbarum animos,

    Tac. A. 14, 39:

    gentem,

    Sil. 17, 356.—Esp. of the mind:

    prima (pars philosophiae) conponit animum,

    Sen. Ep. 89, 9:

    argumentum conpositae mentis,

    id. ib. 2, 1; Cels. 3, 18; Sil. 11, 352:

    mentem somno,

    id. 3, 162:

    religio saevas componit mentis,

    id. 13, 317.—
    b.
    Of places, countries, etc.:

    C. Caesar componendae Armeniae deligitur,

    Tac. A. 2, 4:

    Campaniam,

    id. H. 4, 3:

    Daciam,

    id. ib. 3, 53.—
    c.
    With abstr. or indef. objects:

    si possum hoc inter vos conponere,

    Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 23; cf.:

    vides, inter nos sic haec potius cum bona Ut componamus gratia quam cum mala?

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 17:

    gaudens conponi foedere bellum,

    Verg. A. 12, 109; so,

    bellum,

    Sall. J. 97, 2; Nep. Hann. 6, 2; id. Alcib. 8, 3; Vell. 2, 25, 1; Asin. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 33, 3:

    bella,

    Tac. A. 3, 56:

    cum vellet pro communi amico controversias regum componere,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 109:

    uti per colloquia omnes controversiae componantur,

    id. ib. 1, 9 fin.:

    curas,

    Verg. A. 4, 341; Sil. 12, 682:

    lites,

    Verg. E. 3, 108:

    seditionem civilem,

    Suet. Caes. 4:

    statum Orientis,

    id. Calig. 1:

    Romanus Ardeae turbatas seditione res... composuit,

    Liv. 4, 10, 6; 3, 53, 1:

    legatorum res et bello turbatas,

    id. 45, 16, 2:

    res Germanicas,

    Suet. Vit. 9:

    discordias,

    Tac. H. 4, 50:

    compositis praesentibus,

    id. A. 1, 45:

    odia et certamina,

    id. ib. 15, 2.—Less freq. transf., with the result as object:

    pacem componi volo Meo patri cum matre,

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 113:

    si pax cum Carthaginiensibus componi nequisset,

    Liv. 30, 40, 13:

    at me conposita pace fefellit Amor,

    Prop. 2, 2, 2:

    pax circa Brundusium composita,

    Vell. 2, 75, 3:

    pacem cum Pyrrho,

    Just. 18, 2, 6; cf. D. 2. infra.—
    d.
    Absol.:

    coheredes mei conponere et transigere cupiebant,

    Plin. Ep. 5, 1, 7; and so impers. pass.:

    posteaquam id quod maxime volui fieri non potuit, ut componeretur,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 136:

    Pompei summam esse... voluntatem, ut componeretur atque ab armis discederetur,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 16.—
    C. 1.
    In gen., to arrange, adjust, order, set in order:

    aulaeis se superbis Aurea sponda, of one's attitude on a couch,

    Verg. A. 1, 697:

    ad ictum militaris gladii conposita cervice,

    Sen. Cons. Marc. 26, 2:

    diductis aedificia angulis vidimus moveri iterumque conponi,

    id. Q. N. 6, 30, 4:

    si ad rem pertinet, quomodo caelo adfecto conpositisque sideribus quodque animal oriatur,

    Cic. Div. 2, 47, 98:

    tibi enim gratias agebat, quod signa componenda suscepisses,

    id. Att. 4, 9, 1.—
    2.
    Esp., milit. t. t.:

    se ad confligendum, Sisenn. ap. Non p. 257, 13: exercitum in hibernaculis, Sali J. 103, 1: in secunda (acie) cohortis, id. H. inc. Fragm. 44 Dietsch: stabant conpositi suis quisque ordinibus (opp. incompositi),

    Liv. 44, 38, 11:

    conpositi numero in turmas,

    Verg. A. 11, 599:

    cunctos licentia vagos compositus invadit = compositis ordinibus,

    Tac. H. 4, 35:

    agmen,

    id. ib. 2, 89; 5, 1; id. A. 12, 16:

    ordines,

    id. H. 4, 33:

    vagos paventesque Vitellianos, sua quemque apud signa, componunt,

    id. ib. 3, 35:

    pugnae exercitum,

    id. A. 13, 40:

    auxilia in numerum legionis,

    id. ib. 2, 80 Nipp. ad loc.:

    equitem per turmas,

    id. ib. 15, 29:

    insidias in montibus,

    Just. 1, 3, 11.—
    3.
    Of the order of words in language: quam lepide lexeis compostae! ut tesserulae omnes Arte pavimento atque emblemate vermiculato, Lucil. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 43, 171; id. ap. Cic. Or. 44, 149; cf. id. ib. sq.:

    ut aptior sit oratio, ipsa verba compone,

    id. Brut. 17, 68.—
    4.
    With reference to orderly appearance, etc., of the clothing, hair; the expression of the countenance, etc., to lay, smooth, adjust:

    suon quisque loco'st? Vide capillum, satin compositu'st commode?

    Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 97:

    composito et delibuto capillo,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 46, 135:

    comas,

    Ov. R. Am. 679:

    crines,

    Verg. G. 4, 417:

    ne turbarentur comae, quas componi, etc.,

    Quint. 11, 3, 148:

    togam,

    to lay in proper folds, Hor. S. 2, 3, 77; Quint. 11, 3, 156; cf.:

    nec tamen ante adiit... Quam se composuit, quam circumspexit amictus,

    Ov. M. 4, 318:

    pulvinum facili manu,

    id. A. A. 1, 160; cf.

    torum,

    id. F. 3, 484:

    jam libet componere voltus,

    id. M. 13, 767:

    vultu composito, ne laeti excessu principis, etc.,

    Tac. A. 1, 7; Plin. Ep. 3, 16, 5; cf.:

    (Tiberius) compositus ore,

    id. ib. 2, 34:

    vultum natura horridum... efferabat, componens ad speculum in omnem terrorem,

    distorting, Suet. Calig. 50.—
    5.
    In gen., to adjust, arrange, regulate, for the expression of something, or to accord with something; usu. ad aliquid:

    ad abstinentiam rursus, non secus ac modo ad balineum animum vultumque conposui,

    Plin. Ep. 7, 1, 6:

    orationis ipsius vultus ad id, quod efficere intendimus, compositus,

    Quint. 9, 1, 21:

    utraque manu ad modum aliquid portantium composita,

    id. 11, 3, 120:

    ge. stum oratoris ad similitudinem saltationis,

    id. 1, 11, 19:

    figuram ad imitationem alterius scripturae,

    id. 9, 2, 34:

    nec ad votum composita civitas,

    Tac. Or. 41:

    cuncta ad decorem inperi conposita,

    id. H. 1, 71:

    cunctis ad tristitiam conpositis,

    id. A. 3, 1. —Less freq. with dat.:

    voltus conponere famae Taedet,

    to adapt, Tib. 4, 7, 9:

    venturis carbasa ventis,

    Luc. 3, 596:

    me quoque mittendis rectum componite telis,

    id. 3, 717. —With in:

    Nero itinera urbis... veste servili in dissimulationem sui compositus pererrabat,

    disguised, made up, Tac. A. 13, 25. —
    D. (α).
    With acc.:

    ego itinera sic composueram, ut Nonis Quinctilibus Puteolis essem,

    Cic. Att. 15, 26, 3:

    quod adest memento Componere aequus,

    Hor. C. 3, 29, 33:

    conposita atque constituta re publica,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 18, 42:

    necdum compositis maturisve satis consiliis,

    Liv. 4, 13, 5:

    (diem) totum in consideranda causa componendaque posuisse,

    Cic. Brut. 22, 87:

    tempus in cognoscendis componendisque causis consumere,

    id. Or. 42, 143:

    ex sententia omnibus rebus paratis conpositisque,

    Sall. J. 43, 5; 94, 1:

    in senatu cuncta longis aliorum principatibus composita statim decernuntur,

    Tac. H. 2, 55:

    dum quae forent firmando Neronis imperio componuntur,

    id. A. 12, 68.—
    (β).
    With ad or in and acc. of the purpose for which, or the example according to which, etc.:

    cum alteri placeat auspicia ista ad utilitatem esse rei publicae conposita,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 13, 32:

    omnia ad voluptatem multitudinis inperitae,

    Quint. 10, 1, 43:

    animum ad omnes casus,

    id. 12, 9, 20; Val. Fl. 1, 321:

    satis igitur in hoc nos componet multa scribendi exercitatio,

    Quint. 9, 4, 114:

    cultum victumque non ad nova exempla conponere, sed ut majorum mores suadent,

    Sen. Tranq. 9, 2. —
    2. (α).
    In gen.: eum allegaverunt, suom qui servom diceret Cum auro esse apud me: conposita est fallacia, [p. 393] Ut, etc., Plaut. Poen. 3, 5, 29:

    quin jam virginem Despondi: res composita'st,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 7, 17:

    ita causa componitur, ut item palaestritae Bidini peterent ab Epicrate hereditatem,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 22, § 54:

    societatem praedarum cum latronibus conposuisse,

    Sall. H. 4, 11 Dietsch:

    crimen ab inimicis Romae conpositum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 61, § 141:

    conpositis inter se rebus,

    Sall. J. 66, 2:

    ita conposito dolo digrediuntur,

    id. ib. 111, 4:

    conposito jam consilio,

    Liv. 3, 53, 3: ceteri proditores ea quae composita erant exspectabant;

    convenerat autem, etc.,

    id. 25, 9, 8:

    sub noctem susurri Composita repetantur hora,

    Hor. C. 1, 9, 20:

    ictum jam foedus, et omnes Conpositae leges,

    Verg. A. 12, 315:

    compositis notis,

    Tib. 1, 2, 22:

    crimen ac dolum ultro,

    Tac. H. 1, 34:

    proditionem,

    id. ib. 2, 100:

    seditionem,

    id. ib. 4, 14:

    insidias,

    id. ib. 5, 22; id. A. 12, 54; 13, 47: pacem componere, v. B. 5. supra.—
    (β).
    With rel.-clause:

    cum summa concordia, quos dimitterent, quos retinerent, composuerunt,

    Liv. 40, 40, 14.—
    (γ).
    With inf.:

    ii, secretis conloquiis conponunt Gallos concire,

    Tac. A. 3, 40.—
    (δ).
    Pass. impers.:

    ut domi compositum cum Marcio erat,

    Liv. 2, 37, 1.—
    (ε).
    With ut and subj.:

    compositum inter ipsos ut Latiaris strueret dolum,

    Tac. A. 4, 68; cf. P. a. subst.
    3.
    In gen., to feign, invent, devise, contrive, in order to deceive or delude, etc.: composita dicta, Att. ap. Non. p. 260, 22 (Trag. Rel. v. 47 Rib.):

    ne tu istic hodie malo tuo conpositis mendaciis Advenisti,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 211:

    nec bene mendaci risus conponitur ore,

    Tib. 3, 6, 35 (3, 7, 3):

    sed vobis facile'st verba et conponere fraudes,

    Prop. 2, 9, 31:

    insidias in me conponis inanes,

    id. 2, 32 (3, 30), 19:

    compositas insidias fatoque evitatas ementitur,

    Tac. A. 13, 47:

    si haec fabulosa et composita videntur,

    id. Or. 12; id. Agr. 40:

    quae ut augendae famae composita, sic reliqua non in obscuro habentur,

    id. A. 15, 16; cf.:

    vetustatem, ut cetera, in majus conponentem altores Jovis celebravisse,

    exaggerating, Sall. H. 3, 60 Dietsch.— Part. perf. with in and acc., pretending, assuming the appearance or expression:

    (Domitianus) paratus simulatione, in adrogantiam compositus audiit preces,

    Tac. Agr. 42:

    is in maestitiam compositus,

    id. H. 2, 9; 1, 54:

    in securitatem,

    id. A. 3, 44.—Rarely with ad:

    tunc compositus ad maestitiam,

    Tac. A. 13, 20.— Hence, P. a.: compŏsĭtus ( - postus), a, um.
    A.
    Well-arranged, ordered, or constituted, orderly, regular:

    quae (injuria) dum foris sunt, nil videtur mundius, Nec magis compositum quicquam nec magis elegans,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 13: admiratus sum... sunchusin litterularum, quae solent tuae compositissimae et clarissimae esse, Cic. Att. 6, 9, 1:

    acrior impetu atque animis quam compositior ullo ordine pugna fuit,

    Liv. 28, 22, 13:

    intellegitur, etiamsi non adjecero, conpositum ordinatumque fore talem virum,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 3:

    composita et quieta et beata respublica,

    Tac. Or. 36. —Of writings:

    quare in his quoque libris erant eadem aliqua... omnia vero compositiora et elaborata,

    Quint. 1, pr. § 8; cf.:

    illa quae curam fatentur et ficta atque composita videri etiam volunt,

    elaborate, id. 8, pr. § 23.— Transf., of the orator himself:

    si aut compositi oratoris bene structam collocationem dissolvas permutatione verborum,

    Cic. Or. 70, 232.—
    B.
    Fitly disposed for any purpose, prepared, apt, fit, adapted, qualified, suitable, ready:

    perficiam ut nemo umquam paratior, vigilantior, compositior ad judicium venisse videatur,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 1, 11; so,

    equus bene natura compositus,

    Auct. Her. 4, 46, 59.— With ad or in and acc., or with dat.:

    arte quadam ab juventa in ostentationem (virtutum) compositus,

    Liv. 26, 19, 3 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    alius historiae magis idoneus, alius compositus ad carmen,

    Quint. 2, 8, 7:

    aeque in adulationem compositus (sacerdos),

    Curt. 4, 7, 26:

    (Attici) non maxime ad risum compositi,

    Quint. 6, 3, 18:

    natura atque arte compositus alliciendis etiam Muciani moribus,

    Tac. H. 2, 5.—
    C.
    Quiet, peaceful, undisturbed, calm, composed, unimpassioned, etc.:

    ut peractis quae agenda fuerint salvo jam et composito die possis ibi manere,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 2:

    lenis et nitidi et compositi generis amatores,

    Quint. 10, 1, 44:

    actio,

    id. 11, 3, 110:

    aetas,

    mature, sedate, Tac. A. 13, 1: adfectus mites atque compositi, Quint. 6, 2, 9:

    supercilium (opp. erectum),

    id. 11, 3, 74:

    repetitio eorum (civium) labefactabat compositam civitatem,

    Flor. 3, 23, 3.—
    D.
    Compound, composite, made up of parts (opp. simplex):

    verba,

    Quint. 1, 5, 3; 1, 6, 38; 7, 9, 5:

    voces,

    id. 1, 5, 65; cf. id. 1, 5, 9; 2, 12, 3.—Hence, subst.: compŏsĭtum ( conp-), i, n., that which is agreed, an agreement, compact, etc.; only abl. in the phrases,
    (α).
    Ex composito, according to agreement, by agreement, in concert, Sall. H. 2, 12 Dietsch:

    tum ex composito orta vis,

    Liv. 1, 9, 10; 5, 14, 2; 36, 25, 1; 40, 48, 4; Suet. Claud. 37; Tac. H. 4, 66.—
    (β).
    De composito, by agreement, App. Mag. 1, p. 273; and,
    (γ).
    More rarely in the same sense, composito alone, Ter. Phorm. 5, 1, 29; Nep. Dat. 6, 6; Verg. A. 2, 129.—Hence also adv.: compŏsĭtē ( conp-), in an orderly, regular, or skilful manner, orderly, regularly, properly (class. but rare;

    not in Quint.): ambulare,

    Col. 6, 2, 5:

    indutus,

    Gell. 1, 5, 2:

    composite et apte dicere,

    Cic. Or. 71, 236:

    composite, ornate, copiose eloqui,

    id. De Or. 1, 11, 48:

    composite atque magnifice casum reipublicae miserati,

    Sall. C. 51, 9:

    bene et composite disseruit,

    id. Ib. 52.— Comp.:

    compositius cuncta quam festinantius agerent,

    Tac. A. 15, 3.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > compositum

  • 23 conpono

    com-pōno ( conp-), posui (COMPOSEIVERVNT, C. I. L. 1, 199, 2), positum (compostus, Plaut. Mil. 4, 7, 21 Lorenz; Verg. A. 1, 249; Lucil. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 43, 171; Varr ap. Sen. Ep. 56, 6), 3, v. a., to put, place, lay, bring or set together, to unite, join, connect, collect, aggregate, compose, to order, arrange, adjust, etc. (class. and very freq.).
    I.
    In gen., of different objects.
    A. 1.
    Of things in gen.:

    aridum lignum,

    Hor. C. 3, 17, 14:

    composita fronde,

    Prop. 1, 20, 22:

    uvas in tecto in cratibus,

    Cato, R. R. 112, 2:

    in quo (loco) erant ea conposita, quibus rex te numerare constituerat,

    Cic. Deiot. 6, 17:

    (amomum) manipulatim leniter componitur,

    Plin. 12, 13, 28, § 48:

    amphoras in culleum,

    Cato, R. R. 113, 2:

    ligna in caminum,

    id. ib. 37, 5.—
    b.
    To bring into contact, fit together, join:

    quid... in operibus manu factis tam compositum tamque compactum et coagmentatum inveniri potest?

    Cic. Fin. 3, 22, 74: cum poclo bibo eodem, amplector, labra labellis conpono, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 260, 28:

    tum latus conponit lateri et cum pectore pectus,

    id. ib. p. 260, 30:

    conponens manibusque manus atque ori bus ora,

    Verg. A. 8, 486:

    Mercurio Sais fertur Virgineum conposuisse latus,

    Prop. 2, 2, 12; cf.

    caput,

    Tib. 1, 5, 8.—Hence, of broken limbs, etc., med. t. t., to set:

    ossa,

    Cels. 8, 10, 2:

    jugulum,

    id. 8, 8, 8 et saep.—
    c.
    Esp., to pack up for a journey, etc.:

    omnia composta sunt quae donavi,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 7, 21:

    i ergo intro et compone quae tecum simul Ferantur,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 3, 5:

    dum tota domus raeda componitur una,

    Juv. 3, 10.—
    2.
    Of persons:

    is (Saturnus) genus indocile ac dispersum montibus altis Composuit,

    Verg. A. 8, 322:

    et tabula una duos poterit componere amantes,

    Prop. 2, 26, 33 (3, 22, 13); cf. II. C. 5. infra.—
    B.
    To set in opposition.
    1.
    To bring together in hostility, to oppose, to couple, pair, match in combat (cf. compositio, III.); esp. of gladiators, etc.: Samnis, spurcus homo, cum Pacideiano conponitur, optimus multo Post homines natos gladiator qui fuit unus, Lucil. Sat. ap. Non. p. 257, 18; cf. Cic. Opt. Gen. 6, 17:

    Rupili et Persi par pugnat, uti non Compositum melius cum Bitho Bacchius,

    Hor. S. 1, 7, 20 Orell. ad loc.:

    staturam habere Threcis cum Threce conpositi,

    Sen. Q. N. 4, praef. 8;

    and in gen.: si quis casus duos inter se bonos viros composuerit,

    Quint. 2, 17, 34:

    cuive virum mallem memet componere,

    Sil. 10, 70:

    componimur Vecordi Decio,

    id. 11, 212:

    hunc fatis,

    id. 1, 39:

    cum ventis, pelagique furentibus undis Composuit mortale genus,

    Luc. 3, 196;

    and fig.: pergis pugnantia secum Frontibus adversis componere,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 103:

    ecce par deo dignum, vir fortis cum fortuna mala conpositus,

    Sen. Prov. 1, 2, 9:

    non illa (rhetorice) secum ipsa componitur,

    Quint. 2, 17, 33;

    and of a judicial contest: accita Epicharis et cum indice composita,

    confronted, Tac. A. 15, 51; 16, 10.—
    2.
    To oppose by way of comparison, to compare, contrast.
    (α).
    With acc. and dat.: quid est, cur componere ausis mihi te aut me tibi? Att. ap. Non. p. 257, 15 (Trag. Rel. v. 147 Rib.):

    nec divis homines componier aequom'st,

    Cat. 68, 141: composita dicta evolvunt, Quae cum componas, dicta factis discrepant, Att. ap. Non. p. 260, 21 (Trag. Rel. v. 48 Rib.):

    si parva licet conponere magnis,

    Verg. G. 4, 176:

    parvis conponere magna solebam,

    id. E. 1, 23; Ov. M. 5, [p. 392] 416:

    audes cladi componere nostrae, Nympha, tuam?

    id. ib. 15, 530:

    divinis humana,

    Aus. Ecl. 1, 10.—
    (β).
    With acc. and cum:

    ubi Metelli dicta cum factis conposuit,

    Sall. J. 48, 1: causam suam cum causa adversarii. Quint. 7, 2, 22.
    II.
    In partic.
    A.
    Of the parts of a whole, or of a whole as made up of parts.
    1. (α).
    With ex:

    exercitus ejus conpositus ex variis gentibus,

    Sall. J. 18, 3:

    genus humanum ex corpore et anima conpositum,

    id. ib. 2, 1:

    liber ex alienis orationibus compositus,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 14, 47:

    antidoton... ex multis atque interim contrariis quoque inter se effectibus,

    Quint. 1, 10, 6:

    ex quo (umore) componi debet (medicamentum),

    Cels. 6, 7, 1 fin.
    (β).
    With abl.:

    mensam gramine,

    Sil. 15, 51.—
    (γ).
    With acc. alone:

    medicamentum,

    Col. 6, 4, 1; Scrib. Comp. 10.—
    2.
    Esp., of buildings, etc., to construct, build:

    qui cuncta conposuit,

    i. e. the Creator, Cic. Univ. 13:

    urbem,

    Verg. A. 3, 387:

    illa (templa) deis,

    Ov. F. 1, 708 Burm. ad loc.:

    aggere conposito tumuli,

    Verg. A. 7, 6:

    deletas Thebas,

    Prop. 2, 6, 5.—
    3.
    Of words, to compound:

    vitilitigatores ex vitiis et litigatoribus, Plin. praef. § 32: verba composita (opp. simplicia),

    Quint. 1, 5, 3.—
    4.
    Of writings, speeches, etc.
    a.
    To compose, write, construct (very freq.):

    leges,

    Lucr. 4, 966:

    compone hoc, quod postulo, de argento: de reliquo videro,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 16, § 36:

    quartum librum,

    id. de Or. 2, 55, 224:

    libros,

    id. Fam. 16, 20; Plin. Ep. 9, 9, 1:

    libellos,

    Quint. 12, 8, 5:

    actiones,

    Cic. Att. 6, 1, 8; Quint. 11, 3, 68:

    argumentum,

    Cic. Att. 15, 4, 3:

    edictum eis verbis,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 45, § 116:

    edictum eorum arbitratu,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 46, §

    119: artes,

    books of instruction, id. Brut. 12, 48; id. Ac. 2, 13, 40:

    artificium,

    id. de Or. 2, 19, 83:

    commentarium consulatus mei,

    id. Att. 1, 19, 10; Quint. 1, 8, 19:

    quarum (litterarum) exemplum,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 20, 53:

    quandam disciplinae formulam,

    id. Ac. 1, 4, 17:

    stipulationum et judiciorum formulas,

    id. Leg. 1, 4, 14:

    interdictum,

    id. Caecin. 21, 59:

    poema,

    id. ad Q. Fr. 3, 1, 4; cf. Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 77; Ov. Tr. 5, 12, 60:

    senatus consultum,

    Cic. Fam. 10, 22, 2:

    testimonium,

    id. Att. 15, 15, 1:

    verba ad religionem deorum immortalium,

    id. Dom. 47, 124:

    de judicialibus causis aliqua,

    Quint. 3, 6, 104:

    aliquid de ratione dicendi, id. prooem. 1: quae de ortu vitaque Scapulae composita erant,

    Tac. A. 16, 14:

    Apion... inmortalitate donari a se scripsit ad quos aliqua conponebat, Plin. praef. § 25: carmen,

    Cic. Mur. 12, 26:

    carmina,

    Tac. Or. 12; id. A. 3, 49:

    epistulas,

    id. ib. 2, 70:

    litteras nomine Marcelli,

    Liv. 27, 28, 4; Tac. A. 11, 20:

    orationem habere ad conciliandos plebis animos conpositam,

    Liv. 1, 35, 2:

    blanditias tremula voce,

    Tib. 1, 2, 91:

    meditata manu verba trementi,

    Ov. M. 9, 521:

    versus,

    Hor. S. 1, 4, 8:

    mollem versum,

    Prop. 1, 7, 19:

    cantus,

    Tib. 1, 2, 53:

    in morem annalium,

    Tac. Or. 22:

    orationes adversus aliquem,

    id. ib. 37:

    litteras ad aliquem,

    id. A. 15, 8; 14, 22:

    probra in Gaium,

    id. ib. 6, 9;

    14, 50: multa et atrocia in Macronem,

    id. ib. 6, 44 (38) et saep.—
    b.
    Transf., of the subjects, etc., treated, to write about, treat, celebrate:

    tuas laudes,

    Tib. 4, 1, 35:

    res gestas,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 251:

    tempora Iliaca,

    Vell. 1, 3, 2:

    bellum Troicum,

    id. 1, 5, 3:

    Juli Africani vitam componendo, spem hominibus fecisti plurium ejus modi librorum,

    Tac. Or. 14:

    veteres populi Romani res,

    id. A. 4, 32:

    Neronis res,

    id. ib. 1, 1; 11, 11.—
    B.
    From the notion of closing.
    1.
    To put away, put aside, put in place:

    armamentis conplicandis, conponendis studuimus,

    i. e. folding up the sails and lowering the masts, Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 80:

    (tempus) ad componenda armamenta expediendumque remigem,

    Liv. 26, 39, 8:

    vela contrahit malosque inclinat et simul armamenta componens, etc.,

    id. 36, 44, 2:

    arma,

    Hor. C. 4, 14, 52:

    tristes istos conpone libellos,

    put aside, Prop. 1, 9, 13.—
    2.
    To store up, put away, collect:

    nec... Aut conponere opes norant aut parcere parto,

    Verg. A. 8, 317:

    ego conposito securus acervo Despiciam dites,

    Tib. 1, 1, 77;

    so fig.: condo et compono quae mox depromere possim,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 12.— So esp. to preserve, pack, put up fruits, meat, etc., for future use:

    pernas,

    Cato, R. R. 162, 12:

    tergora (suis),

    Col. 12, 55, 2: siccatos coliculos, id. 12, 9, 1:

    caepam in fidelia,

    id. 12, 10, 2:

    herbas,

    id. 12, 13, 2:

    poma,

    id. 12, 47, 5:

    olivas,

    Pall. Nov. 22, 5:

    herbam olla nova,

    Scrib. Comp. 60:

    faenum,

    Dig. 19, 2, 11, § 4:

    fructus in urceis, capsellis,

    ib. 33, 7, 12, §1.—
    3.
    Of the ashes or remains of the dead, to adjust, lay out, to collect and inurn, inter, bury:

    tu mea conpones et dices, ossa, Properti, Haec tua sunt,

    Prop. 2, 24, 35 (3, 19, 19):

    cinerem,

    Ov. F. 3, 547:

    cinerem ossaque,

    Val. Fl. 7, 203:

    sic ego conponi versus in ossa velim,

    Tib. 3, 2, 26.—Hence, in gen., of persons, to bury:

    quem... prope cognatos conpositum cineres,

    Cat. 68, 98:

    omnes composui (meos),

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 28:

    compositi busta avi,

    Ov. F. 5, 426:

    Pisonem Verania uxor... T. Vinium Crispina filia composuere,

    Tac. H. 1, 47:

    componi tumulo eodem,

    Ov. M. 4, 157:

    toro Mortua componar,

    id. ib. 9, 504:

    alto Conpositus lecto,

    Pers. 3, 104:

    aliquem terra,

    Sil. 9, 95.—
    4. a.
    Of things: omnia noctis erant placida composta quiete, Varr. Atac. ap. Sen. Contr. 3, 16:

    cum mare compositum est,

    Ov. A. A. 3, 259:

    aquas,

    id. H. 13, 136:

    fessum tumentes Composuit pelagus ventis patientibus undas,

    Luc. 5, 702.—
    b.
    Of persons:

    nec vigilantibus, sed etiam quiete compositis,

    Quint. 11, 2, 5:

    ubi jam thalamis se conposuere,

    Verg. G. 4, 189:

    defessa membra,

    id. ib. 4, 438:

    si bene conpositus somno vinoque jacebit,

    Ov. Am. 1, 4, 53.—
    5.
    To end strife, confusion, etc., to compose, pacify, allay, settle, calm, appease, quiet, tranquillize, reconcile, etc., that which is disturbed or at variance.
    a.
    With personal object:

    aversos amicos,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 29:

    ceteros clementia,

    Tac. A. 12, 55:

    comitia praetorum,

    id. ib. 14, 28; id. H. 1, 85:

    juvenes concitatos,

    Quint. 1, 10, 32; cf.:

    barbarum animos,

    Tac. A. 14, 39:

    gentem,

    Sil. 17, 356.—Esp. of the mind:

    prima (pars philosophiae) conponit animum,

    Sen. Ep. 89, 9:

    argumentum conpositae mentis,

    id. ib. 2, 1; Cels. 3, 18; Sil. 11, 352:

    mentem somno,

    id. 3, 162:

    religio saevas componit mentis,

    id. 13, 317.—
    b.
    Of places, countries, etc.:

    C. Caesar componendae Armeniae deligitur,

    Tac. A. 2, 4:

    Campaniam,

    id. H. 4, 3:

    Daciam,

    id. ib. 3, 53.—
    c.
    With abstr. or indef. objects:

    si possum hoc inter vos conponere,

    Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 23; cf.:

    vides, inter nos sic haec potius cum bona Ut componamus gratia quam cum mala?

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 17:

    gaudens conponi foedere bellum,

    Verg. A. 12, 109; so,

    bellum,

    Sall. J. 97, 2; Nep. Hann. 6, 2; id. Alcib. 8, 3; Vell. 2, 25, 1; Asin. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 33, 3:

    bella,

    Tac. A. 3, 56:

    cum vellet pro communi amico controversias regum componere,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 109:

    uti per colloquia omnes controversiae componantur,

    id. ib. 1, 9 fin.:

    curas,

    Verg. A. 4, 341; Sil. 12, 682:

    lites,

    Verg. E. 3, 108:

    seditionem civilem,

    Suet. Caes. 4:

    statum Orientis,

    id. Calig. 1:

    Romanus Ardeae turbatas seditione res... composuit,

    Liv. 4, 10, 6; 3, 53, 1:

    legatorum res et bello turbatas,

    id. 45, 16, 2:

    res Germanicas,

    Suet. Vit. 9:

    discordias,

    Tac. H. 4, 50:

    compositis praesentibus,

    id. A. 1, 45:

    odia et certamina,

    id. ib. 15, 2.—Less freq. transf., with the result as object:

    pacem componi volo Meo patri cum matre,

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 113:

    si pax cum Carthaginiensibus componi nequisset,

    Liv. 30, 40, 13:

    at me conposita pace fefellit Amor,

    Prop. 2, 2, 2:

    pax circa Brundusium composita,

    Vell. 2, 75, 3:

    pacem cum Pyrrho,

    Just. 18, 2, 6; cf. D. 2. infra.—
    d.
    Absol.:

    coheredes mei conponere et transigere cupiebant,

    Plin. Ep. 5, 1, 7; and so impers. pass.:

    posteaquam id quod maxime volui fieri non potuit, ut componeretur,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 136:

    Pompei summam esse... voluntatem, ut componeretur atque ab armis discederetur,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 16.—
    C. 1.
    In gen., to arrange, adjust, order, set in order:

    aulaeis se superbis Aurea sponda, of one's attitude on a couch,

    Verg. A. 1, 697:

    ad ictum militaris gladii conposita cervice,

    Sen. Cons. Marc. 26, 2:

    diductis aedificia angulis vidimus moveri iterumque conponi,

    id. Q. N. 6, 30, 4:

    si ad rem pertinet, quomodo caelo adfecto conpositisque sideribus quodque animal oriatur,

    Cic. Div. 2, 47, 98:

    tibi enim gratias agebat, quod signa componenda suscepisses,

    id. Att. 4, 9, 1.—
    2.
    Esp., milit. t. t.:

    se ad confligendum, Sisenn. ap. Non p. 257, 13: exercitum in hibernaculis, Sali J. 103, 1: in secunda (acie) cohortis, id. H. inc. Fragm. 44 Dietsch: stabant conpositi suis quisque ordinibus (opp. incompositi),

    Liv. 44, 38, 11:

    conpositi numero in turmas,

    Verg. A. 11, 599:

    cunctos licentia vagos compositus invadit = compositis ordinibus,

    Tac. H. 4, 35:

    agmen,

    id. ib. 2, 89; 5, 1; id. A. 12, 16:

    ordines,

    id. H. 4, 33:

    vagos paventesque Vitellianos, sua quemque apud signa, componunt,

    id. ib. 3, 35:

    pugnae exercitum,

    id. A. 13, 40:

    auxilia in numerum legionis,

    id. ib. 2, 80 Nipp. ad loc.:

    equitem per turmas,

    id. ib. 15, 29:

    insidias in montibus,

    Just. 1, 3, 11.—
    3.
    Of the order of words in language: quam lepide lexeis compostae! ut tesserulae omnes Arte pavimento atque emblemate vermiculato, Lucil. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 43, 171; id. ap. Cic. Or. 44, 149; cf. id. ib. sq.:

    ut aptior sit oratio, ipsa verba compone,

    id. Brut. 17, 68.—
    4.
    With reference to orderly appearance, etc., of the clothing, hair; the expression of the countenance, etc., to lay, smooth, adjust:

    suon quisque loco'st? Vide capillum, satin compositu'st commode?

    Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 97:

    composito et delibuto capillo,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 46, 135:

    comas,

    Ov. R. Am. 679:

    crines,

    Verg. G. 4, 417:

    ne turbarentur comae, quas componi, etc.,

    Quint. 11, 3, 148:

    togam,

    to lay in proper folds, Hor. S. 2, 3, 77; Quint. 11, 3, 156; cf.:

    nec tamen ante adiit... Quam se composuit, quam circumspexit amictus,

    Ov. M. 4, 318:

    pulvinum facili manu,

    id. A. A. 1, 160; cf.

    torum,

    id. F. 3, 484:

    jam libet componere voltus,

    id. M. 13, 767:

    vultu composito, ne laeti excessu principis, etc.,

    Tac. A. 1, 7; Plin. Ep. 3, 16, 5; cf.:

    (Tiberius) compositus ore,

    id. ib. 2, 34:

    vultum natura horridum... efferabat, componens ad speculum in omnem terrorem,

    distorting, Suet. Calig. 50.—
    5.
    In gen., to adjust, arrange, regulate, for the expression of something, or to accord with something; usu. ad aliquid:

    ad abstinentiam rursus, non secus ac modo ad balineum animum vultumque conposui,

    Plin. Ep. 7, 1, 6:

    orationis ipsius vultus ad id, quod efficere intendimus, compositus,

    Quint. 9, 1, 21:

    utraque manu ad modum aliquid portantium composita,

    id. 11, 3, 120:

    ge. stum oratoris ad similitudinem saltationis,

    id. 1, 11, 19:

    figuram ad imitationem alterius scripturae,

    id. 9, 2, 34:

    nec ad votum composita civitas,

    Tac. Or. 41:

    cuncta ad decorem inperi conposita,

    id. H. 1, 71:

    cunctis ad tristitiam conpositis,

    id. A. 3, 1. —Less freq. with dat.:

    voltus conponere famae Taedet,

    to adapt, Tib. 4, 7, 9:

    venturis carbasa ventis,

    Luc. 3, 596:

    me quoque mittendis rectum componite telis,

    id. 3, 717. —With in:

    Nero itinera urbis... veste servili in dissimulationem sui compositus pererrabat,

    disguised, made up, Tac. A. 13, 25. —
    D. (α).
    With acc.:

    ego itinera sic composueram, ut Nonis Quinctilibus Puteolis essem,

    Cic. Att. 15, 26, 3:

    quod adest memento Componere aequus,

    Hor. C. 3, 29, 33:

    conposita atque constituta re publica,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 18, 42:

    necdum compositis maturisve satis consiliis,

    Liv. 4, 13, 5:

    (diem) totum in consideranda causa componendaque posuisse,

    Cic. Brut. 22, 87:

    tempus in cognoscendis componendisque causis consumere,

    id. Or. 42, 143:

    ex sententia omnibus rebus paratis conpositisque,

    Sall. J. 43, 5; 94, 1:

    in senatu cuncta longis aliorum principatibus composita statim decernuntur,

    Tac. H. 2, 55:

    dum quae forent firmando Neronis imperio componuntur,

    id. A. 12, 68.—
    (β).
    With ad or in and acc. of the purpose for which, or the example according to which, etc.:

    cum alteri placeat auspicia ista ad utilitatem esse rei publicae conposita,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 13, 32:

    omnia ad voluptatem multitudinis inperitae,

    Quint. 10, 1, 43:

    animum ad omnes casus,

    id. 12, 9, 20; Val. Fl. 1, 321:

    satis igitur in hoc nos componet multa scribendi exercitatio,

    Quint. 9, 4, 114:

    cultum victumque non ad nova exempla conponere, sed ut majorum mores suadent,

    Sen. Tranq. 9, 2. —
    2. (α).
    In gen.: eum allegaverunt, suom qui servom diceret Cum auro esse apud me: conposita est fallacia, [p. 393] Ut, etc., Plaut. Poen. 3, 5, 29:

    quin jam virginem Despondi: res composita'st,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 7, 17:

    ita causa componitur, ut item palaestritae Bidini peterent ab Epicrate hereditatem,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 22, § 54:

    societatem praedarum cum latronibus conposuisse,

    Sall. H. 4, 11 Dietsch:

    crimen ab inimicis Romae conpositum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 61, § 141:

    conpositis inter se rebus,

    Sall. J. 66, 2:

    ita conposito dolo digrediuntur,

    id. ib. 111, 4:

    conposito jam consilio,

    Liv. 3, 53, 3: ceteri proditores ea quae composita erant exspectabant;

    convenerat autem, etc.,

    id. 25, 9, 8:

    sub noctem susurri Composita repetantur hora,

    Hor. C. 1, 9, 20:

    ictum jam foedus, et omnes Conpositae leges,

    Verg. A. 12, 315:

    compositis notis,

    Tib. 1, 2, 22:

    crimen ac dolum ultro,

    Tac. H. 1, 34:

    proditionem,

    id. ib. 2, 100:

    seditionem,

    id. ib. 4, 14:

    insidias,

    id. ib. 5, 22; id. A. 12, 54; 13, 47: pacem componere, v. B. 5. supra.—
    (β).
    With rel.-clause:

    cum summa concordia, quos dimitterent, quos retinerent, composuerunt,

    Liv. 40, 40, 14.—
    (γ).
    With inf.:

    ii, secretis conloquiis conponunt Gallos concire,

    Tac. A. 3, 40.—
    (δ).
    Pass. impers.:

    ut domi compositum cum Marcio erat,

    Liv. 2, 37, 1.—
    (ε).
    With ut and subj.:

    compositum inter ipsos ut Latiaris strueret dolum,

    Tac. A. 4, 68; cf. P. a. subst.
    3.
    In gen., to feign, invent, devise, contrive, in order to deceive or delude, etc.: composita dicta, Att. ap. Non. p. 260, 22 (Trag. Rel. v. 47 Rib.):

    ne tu istic hodie malo tuo conpositis mendaciis Advenisti,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 211:

    nec bene mendaci risus conponitur ore,

    Tib. 3, 6, 35 (3, 7, 3):

    sed vobis facile'st verba et conponere fraudes,

    Prop. 2, 9, 31:

    insidias in me conponis inanes,

    id. 2, 32 (3, 30), 19:

    compositas insidias fatoque evitatas ementitur,

    Tac. A. 13, 47:

    si haec fabulosa et composita videntur,

    id. Or. 12; id. Agr. 40:

    quae ut augendae famae composita, sic reliqua non in obscuro habentur,

    id. A. 15, 16; cf.:

    vetustatem, ut cetera, in majus conponentem altores Jovis celebravisse,

    exaggerating, Sall. H. 3, 60 Dietsch.— Part. perf. with in and acc., pretending, assuming the appearance or expression:

    (Domitianus) paratus simulatione, in adrogantiam compositus audiit preces,

    Tac. Agr. 42:

    is in maestitiam compositus,

    id. H. 2, 9; 1, 54:

    in securitatem,

    id. A. 3, 44.—Rarely with ad:

    tunc compositus ad maestitiam,

    Tac. A. 13, 20.— Hence, P. a.: compŏsĭtus ( - postus), a, um.
    A.
    Well-arranged, ordered, or constituted, orderly, regular:

    quae (injuria) dum foris sunt, nil videtur mundius, Nec magis compositum quicquam nec magis elegans,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 13: admiratus sum... sunchusin litterularum, quae solent tuae compositissimae et clarissimae esse, Cic. Att. 6, 9, 1:

    acrior impetu atque animis quam compositior ullo ordine pugna fuit,

    Liv. 28, 22, 13:

    intellegitur, etiamsi non adjecero, conpositum ordinatumque fore talem virum,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 3:

    composita et quieta et beata respublica,

    Tac. Or. 36. —Of writings:

    quare in his quoque libris erant eadem aliqua... omnia vero compositiora et elaborata,

    Quint. 1, pr. § 8; cf.:

    illa quae curam fatentur et ficta atque composita videri etiam volunt,

    elaborate, id. 8, pr. § 23.— Transf., of the orator himself:

    si aut compositi oratoris bene structam collocationem dissolvas permutatione verborum,

    Cic. Or. 70, 232.—
    B.
    Fitly disposed for any purpose, prepared, apt, fit, adapted, qualified, suitable, ready:

    perficiam ut nemo umquam paratior, vigilantior, compositior ad judicium venisse videatur,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 1, 11; so,

    equus bene natura compositus,

    Auct. Her. 4, 46, 59.— With ad or in and acc., or with dat.:

    arte quadam ab juventa in ostentationem (virtutum) compositus,

    Liv. 26, 19, 3 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    alius historiae magis idoneus, alius compositus ad carmen,

    Quint. 2, 8, 7:

    aeque in adulationem compositus (sacerdos),

    Curt. 4, 7, 26:

    (Attici) non maxime ad risum compositi,

    Quint. 6, 3, 18:

    natura atque arte compositus alliciendis etiam Muciani moribus,

    Tac. H. 2, 5.—
    C.
    Quiet, peaceful, undisturbed, calm, composed, unimpassioned, etc.:

    ut peractis quae agenda fuerint salvo jam et composito die possis ibi manere,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 2:

    lenis et nitidi et compositi generis amatores,

    Quint. 10, 1, 44:

    actio,

    id. 11, 3, 110:

    aetas,

    mature, sedate, Tac. A. 13, 1: adfectus mites atque compositi, Quint. 6, 2, 9:

    supercilium (opp. erectum),

    id. 11, 3, 74:

    repetitio eorum (civium) labefactabat compositam civitatem,

    Flor. 3, 23, 3.—
    D.
    Compound, composite, made up of parts (opp. simplex):

    verba,

    Quint. 1, 5, 3; 1, 6, 38; 7, 9, 5:

    voces,

    id. 1, 5, 65; cf. id. 1, 5, 9; 2, 12, 3.—Hence, subst.: compŏsĭtum ( conp-), i, n., that which is agreed, an agreement, compact, etc.; only abl. in the phrases,
    (α).
    Ex composito, according to agreement, by agreement, in concert, Sall. H. 2, 12 Dietsch:

    tum ex composito orta vis,

    Liv. 1, 9, 10; 5, 14, 2; 36, 25, 1; 40, 48, 4; Suet. Claud. 37; Tac. H. 4, 66.—
    (β).
    De composito, by agreement, App. Mag. 1, p. 273; and,
    (γ).
    More rarely in the same sense, composito alone, Ter. Phorm. 5, 1, 29; Nep. Dat. 6, 6; Verg. A. 2, 129.—Hence also adv.: compŏsĭtē ( conp-), in an orderly, regular, or skilful manner, orderly, regularly, properly (class. but rare;

    not in Quint.): ambulare,

    Col. 6, 2, 5:

    indutus,

    Gell. 1, 5, 2:

    composite et apte dicere,

    Cic. Or. 71, 236:

    composite, ornate, copiose eloqui,

    id. De Or. 1, 11, 48:

    composite atque magnifice casum reipublicae miserati,

    Sall. C. 51, 9:

    bene et composite disseruit,

    id. Ib. 52.— Comp.:

    compositius cuncta quam festinantius agerent,

    Tac. A. 15, 3.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > conpono

  • 24 conposite

    com-pōno ( conp-), posui (COMPOSEIVERVNT, C. I. L. 1, 199, 2), positum (compostus, Plaut. Mil. 4, 7, 21 Lorenz; Verg. A. 1, 249; Lucil. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 43, 171; Varr ap. Sen. Ep. 56, 6), 3, v. a., to put, place, lay, bring or set together, to unite, join, connect, collect, aggregate, compose, to order, arrange, adjust, etc. (class. and very freq.).
    I.
    In gen., of different objects.
    A. 1.
    Of things in gen.:

    aridum lignum,

    Hor. C. 3, 17, 14:

    composita fronde,

    Prop. 1, 20, 22:

    uvas in tecto in cratibus,

    Cato, R. R. 112, 2:

    in quo (loco) erant ea conposita, quibus rex te numerare constituerat,

    Cic. Deiot. 6, 17:

    (amomum) manipulatim leniter componitur,

    Plin. 12, 13, 28, § 48:

    amphoras in culleum,

    Cato, R. R. 113, 2:

    ligna in caminum,

    id. ib. 37, 5.—
    b.
    To bring into contact, fit together, join:

    quid... in operibus manu factis tam compositum tamque compactum et coagmentatum inveniri potest?

    Cic. Fin. 3, 22, 74: cum poclo bibo eodem, amplector, labra labellis conpono, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 260, 28:

    tum latus conponit lateri et cum pectore pectus,

    id. ib. p. 260, 30:

    conponens manibusque manus atque ori bus ora,

    Verg. A. 8, 486:

    Mercurio Sais fertur Virgineum conposuisse latus,

    Prop. 2, 2, 12; cf.

    caput,

    Tib. 1, 5, 8.—Hence, of broken limbs, etc., med. t. t., to set:

    ossa,

    Cels. 8, 10, 2:

    jugulum,

    id. 8, 8, 8 et saep.—
    c.
    Esp., to pack up for a journey, etc.:

    omnia composta sunt quae donavi,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 7, 21:

    i ergo intro et compone quae tecum simul Ferantur,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 3, 5:

    dum tota domus raeda componitur una,

    Juv. 3, 10.—
    2.
    Of persons:

    is (Saturnus) genus indocile ac dispersum montibus altis Composuit,

    Verg. A. 8, 322:

    et tabula una duos poterit componere amantes,

    Prop. 2, 26, 33 (3, 22, 13); cf. II. C. 5. infra.—
    B.
    To set in opposition.
    1.
    To bring together in hostility, to oppose, to couple, pair, match in combat (cf. compositio, III.); esp. of gladiators, etc.: Samnis, spurcus homo, cum Pacideiano conponitur, optimus multo Post homines natos gladiator qui fuit unus, Lucil. Sat. ap. Non. p. 257, 18; cf. Cic. Opt. Gen. 6, 17:

    Rupili et Persi par pugnat, uti non Compositum melius cum Bitho Bacchius,

    Hor. S. 1, 7, 20 Orell. ad loc.:

    staturam habere Threcis cum Threce conpositi,

    Sen. Q. N. 4, praef. 8;

    and in gen.: si quis casus duos inter se bonos viros composuerit,

    Quint. 2, 17, 34:

    cuive virum mallem memet componere,

    Sil. 10, 70:

    componimur Vecordi Decio,

    id. 11, 212:

    hunc fatis,

    id. 1, 39:

    cum ventis, pelagique furentibus undis Composuit mortale genus,

    Luc. 3, 196;

    and fig.: pergis pugnantia secum Frontibus adversis componere,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 103:

    ecce par deo dignum, vir fortis cum fortuna mala conpositus,

    Sen. Prov. 1, 2, 9:

    non illa (rhetorice) secum ipsa componitur,

    Quint. 2, 17, 33;

    and of a judicial contest: accita Epicharis et cum indice composita,

    confronted, Tac. A. 15, 51; 16, 10.—
    2.
    To oppose by way of comparison, to compare, contrast.
    (α).
    With acc. and dat.: quid est, cur componere ausis mihi te aut me tibi? Att. ap. Non. p. 257, 15 (Trag. Rel. v. 147 Rib.):

    nec divis homines componier aequom'st,

    Cat. 68, 141: composita dicta evolvunt, Quae cum componas, dicta factis discrepant, Att. ap. Non. p. 260, 21 (Trag. Rel. v. 48 Rib.):

    si parva licet conponere magnis,

    Verg. G. 4, 176:

    parvis conponere magna solebam,

    id. E. 1, 23; Ov. M. 5, [p. 392] 416:

    audes cladi componere nostrae, Nympha, tuam?

    id. ib. 15, 530:

    divinis humana,

    Aus. Ecl. 1, 10.—
    (β).
    With acc. and cum:

    ubi Metelli dicta cum factis conposuit,

    Sall. J. 48, 1: causam suam cum causa adversarii. Quint. 7, 2, 22.
    II.
    In partic.
    A.
    Of the parts of a whole, or of a whole as made up of parts.
    1. (α).
    With ex:

    exercitus ejus conpositus ex variis gentibus,

    Sall. J. 18, 3:

    genus humanum ex corpore et anima conpositum,

    id. ib. 2, 1:

    liber ex alienis orationibus compositus,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 14, 47:

    antidoton... ex multis atque interim contrariis quoque inter se effectibus,

    Quint. 1, 10, 6:

    ex quo (umore) componi debet (medicamentum),

    Cels. 6, 7, 1 fin.
    (β).
    With abl.:

    mensam gramine,

    Sil. 15, 51.—
    (γ).
    With acc. alone:

    medicamentum,

    Col. 6, 4, 1; Scrib. Comp. 10.—
    2.
    Esp., of buildings, etc., to construct, build:

    qui cuncta conposuit,

    i. e. the Creator, Cic. Univ. 13:

    urbem,

    Verg. A. 3, 387:

    illa (templa) deis,

    Ov. F. 1, 708 Burm. ad loc.:

    aggere conposito tumuli,

    Verg. A. 7, 6:

    deletas Thebas,

    Prop. 2, 6, 5.—
    3.
    Of words, to compound:

    vitilitigatores ex vitiis et litigatoribus, Plin. praef. § 32: verba composita (opp. simplicia),

    Quint. 1, 5, 3.—
    4.
    Of writings, speeches, etc.
    a.
    To compose, write, construct (very freq.):

    leges,

    Lucr. 4, 966:

    compone hoc, quod postulo, de argento: de reliquo videro,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 16, § 36:

    quartum librum,

    id. de Or. 2, 55, 224:

    libros,

    id. Fam. 16, 20; Plin. Ep. 9, 9, 1:

    libellos,

    Quint. 12, 8, 5:

    actiones,

    Cic. Att. 6, 1, 8; Quint. 11, 3, 68:

    argumentum,

    Cic. Att. 15, 4, 3:

    edictum eis verbis,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 45, § 116:

    edictum eorum arbitratu,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 46, §

    119: artes,

    books of instruction, id. Brut. 12, 48; id. Ac. 2, 13, 40:

    artificium,

    id. de Or. 2, 19, 83:

    commentarium consulatus mei,

    id. Att. 1, 19, 10; Quint. 1, 8, 19:

    quarum (litterarum) exemplum,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 20, 53:

    quandam disciplinae formulam,

    id. Ac. 1, 4, 17:

    stipulationum et judiciorum formulas,

    id. Leg. 1, 4, 14:

    interdictum,

    id. Caecin. 21, 59:

    poema,

    id. ad Q. Fr. 3, 1, 4; cf. Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 77; Ov. Tr. 5, 12, 60:

    senatus consultum,

    Cic. Fam. 10, 22, 2:

    testimonium,

    id. Att. 15, 15, 1:

    verba ad religionem deorum immortalium,

    id. Dom. 47, 124:

    de judicialibus causis aliqua,

    Quint. 3, 6, 104:

    aliquid de ratione dicendi, id. prooem. 1: quae de ortu vitaque Scapulae composita erant,

    Tac. A. 16, 14:

    Apion... inmortalitate donari a se scripsit ad quos aliqua conponebat, Plin. praef. § 25: carmen,

    Cic. Mur. 12, 26:

    carmina,

    Tac. Or. 12; id. A. 3, 49:

    epistulas,

    id. ib. 2, 70:

    litteras nomine Marcelli,

    Liv. 27, 28, 4; Tac. A. 11, 20:

    orationem habere ad conciliandos plebis animos conpositam,

    Liv. 1, 35, 2:

    blanditias tremula voce,

    Tib. 1, 2, 91:

    meditata manu verba trementi,

    Ov. M. 9, 521:

    versus,

    Hor. S. 1, 4, 8:

    mollem versum,

    Prop. 1, 7, 19:

    cantus,

    Tib. 1, 2, 53:

    in morem annalium,

    Tac. Or. 22:

    orationes adversus aliquem,

    id. ib. 37:

    litteras ad aliquem,

    id. A. 15, 8; 14, 22:

    probra in Gaium,

    id. ib. 6, 9;

    14, 50: multa et atrocia in Macronem,

    id. ib. 6, 44 (38) et saep.—
    b.
    Transf., of the subjects, etc., treated, to write about, treat, celebrate:

    tuas laudes,

    Tib. 4, 1, 35:

    res gestas,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 251:

    tempora Iliaca,

    Vell. 1, 3, 2:

    bellum Troicum,

    id. 1, 5, 3:

    Juli Africani vitam componendo, spem hominibus fecisti plurium ejus modi librorum,

    Tac. Or. 14:

    veteres populi Romani res,

    id. A. 4, 32:

    Neronis res,

    id. ib. 1, 1; 11, 11.—
    B.
    From the notion of closing.
    1.
    To put away, put aside, put in place:

    armamentis conplicandis, conponendis studuimus,

    i. e. folding up the sails and lowering the masts, Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 80:

    (tempus) ad componenda armamenta expediendumque remigem,

    Liv. 26, 39, 8:

    vela contrahit malosque inclinat et simul armamenta componens, etc.,

    id. 36, 44, 2:

    arma,

    Hor. C. 4, 14, 52:

    tristes istos conpone libellos,

    put aside, Prop. 1, 9, 13.—
    2.
    To store up, put away, collect:

    nec... Aut conponere opes norant aut parcere parto,

    Verg. A. 8, 317:

    ego conposito securus acervo Despiciam dites,

    Tib. 1, 1, 77;

    so fig.: condo et compono quae mox depromere possim,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 12.— So esp. to preserve, pack, put up fruits, meat, etc., for future use:

    pernas,

    Cato, R. R. 162, 12:

    tergora (suis),

    Col. 12, 55, 2: siccatos coliculos, id. 12, 9, 1:

    caepam in fidelia,

    id. 12, 10, 2:

    herbas,

    id. 12, 13, 2:

    poma,

    id. 12, 47, 5:

    olivas,

    Pall. Nov. 22, 5:

    herbam olla nova,

    Scrib. Comp. 60:

    faenum,

    Dig. 19, 2, 11, § 4:

    fructus in urceis, capsellis,

    ib. 33, 7, 12, §1.—
    3.
    Of the ashes or remains of the dead, to adjust, lay out, to collect and inurn, inter, bury:

    tu mea conpones et dices, ossa, Properti, Haec tua sunt,

    Prop. 2, 24, 35 (3, 19, 19):

    cinerem,

    Ov. F. 3, 547:

    cinerem ossaque,

    Val. Fl. 7, 203:

    sic ego conponi versus in ossa velim,

    Tib. 3, 2, 26.—Hence, in gen., of persons, to bury:

    quem... prope cognatos conpositum cineres,

    Cat. 68, 98:

    omnes composui (meos),

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 28:

    compositi busta avi,

    Ov. F. 5, 426:

    Pisonem Verania uxor... T. Vinium Crispina filia composuere,

    Tac. H. 1, 47:

    componi tumulo eodem,

    Ov. M. 4, 157:

    toro Mortua componar,

    id. ib. 9, 504:

    alto Conpositus lecto,

    Pers. 3, 104:

    aliquem terra,

    Sil. 9, 95.—
    4. a.
    Of things: omnia noctis erant placida composta quiete, Varr. Atac. ap. Sen. Contr. 3, 16:

    cum mare compositum est,

    Ov. A. A. 3, 259:

    aquas,

    id. H. 13, 136:

    fessum tumentes Composuit pelagus ventis patientibus undas,

    Luc. 5, 702.—
    b.
    Of persons:

    nec vigilantibus, sed etiam quiete compositis,

    Quint. 11, 2, 5:

    ubi jam thalamis se conposuere,

    Verg. G. 4, 189:

    defessa membra,

    id. ib. 4, 438:

    si bene conpositus somno vinoque jacebit,

    Ov. Am. 1, 4, 53.—
    5.
    To end strife, confusion, etc., to compose, pacify, allay, settle, calm, appease, quiet, tranquillize, reconcile, etc., that which is disturbed or at variance.
    a.
    With personal object:

    aversos amicos,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 29:

    ceteros clementia,

    Tac. A. 12, 55:

    comitia praetorum,

    id. ib. 14, 28; id. H. 1, 85:

    juvenes concitatos,

    Quint. 1, 10, 32; cf.:

    barbarum animos,

    Tac. A. 14, 39:

    gentem,

    Sil. 17, 356.—Esp. of the mind:

    prima (pars philosophiae) conponit animum,

    Sen. Ep. 89, 9:

    argumentum conpositae mentis,

    id. ib. 2, 1; Cels. 3, 18; Sil. 11, 352:

    mentem somno,

    id. 3, 162:

    religio saevas componit mentis,

    id. 13, 317.—
    b.
    Of places, countries, etc.:

    C. Caesar componendae Armeniae deligitur,

    Tac. A. 2, 4:

    Campaniam,

    id. H. 4, 3:

    Daciam,

    id. ib. 3, 53.—
    c.
    With abstr. or indef. objects:

    si possum hoc inter vos conponere,

    Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 23; cf.:

    vides, inter nos sic haec potius cum bona Ut componamus gratia quam cum mala?

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 17:

    gaudens conponi foedere bellum,

    Verg. A. 12, 109; so,

    bellum,

    Sall. J. 97, 2; Nep. Hann. 6, 2; id. Alcib. 8, 3; Vell. 2, 25, 1; Asin. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 33, 3:

    bella,

    Tac. A. 3, 56:

    cum vellet pro communi amico controversias regum componere,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 109:

    uti per colloquia omnes controversiae componantur,

    id. ib. 1, 9 fin.:

    curas,

    Verg. A. 4, 341; Sil. 12, 682:

    lites,

    Verg. E. 3, 108:

    seditionem civilem,

    Suet. Caes. 4:

    statum Orientis,

    id. Calig. 1:

    Romanus Ardeae turbatas seditione res... composuit,

    Liv. 4, 10, 6; 3, 53, 1:

    legatorum res et bello turbatas,

    id. 45, 16, 2:

    res Germanicas,

    Suet. Vit. 9:

    discordias,

    Tac. H. 4, 50:

    compositis praesentibus,

    id. A. 1, 45:

    odia et certamina,

    id. ib. 15, 2.—Less freq. transf., with the result as object:

    pacem componi volo Meo patri cum matre,

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 113:

    si pax cum Carthaginiensibus componi nequisset,

    Liv. 30, 40, 13:

    at me conposita pace fefellit Amor,

    Prop. 2, 2, 2:

    pax circa Brundusium composita,

    Vell. 2, 75, 3:

    pacem cum Pyrrho,

    Just. 18, 2, 6; cf. D. 2. infra.—
    d.
    Absol.:

    coheredes mei conponere et transigere cupiebant,

    Plin. Ep. 5, 1, 7; and so impers. pass.:

    posteaquam id quod maxime volui fieri non potuit, ut componeretur,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 136:

    Pompei summam esse... voluntatem, ut componeretur atque ab armis discederetur,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 16.—
    C. 1.
    In gen., to arrange, adjust, order, set in order:

    aulaeis se superbis Aurea sponda, of one's attitude on a couch,

    Verg. A. 1, 697:

    ad ictum militaris gladii conposita cervice,

    Sen. Cons. Marc. 26, 2:

    diductis aedificia angulis vidimus moveri iterumque conponi,

    id. Q. N. 6, 30, 4:

    si ad rem pertinet, quomodo caelo adfecto conpositisque sideribus quodque animal oriatur,

    Cic. Div. 2, 47, 98:

    tibi enim gratias agebat, quod signa componenda suscepisses,

    id. Att. 4, 9, 1.—
    2.
    Esp., milit. t. t.:

    se ad confligendum, Sisenn. ap. Non p. 257, 13: exercitum in hibernaculis, Sali J. 103, 1: in secunda (acie) cohortis, id. H. inc. Fragm. 44 Dietsch: stabant conpositi suis quisque ordinibus (opp. incompositi),

    Liv. 44, 38, 11:

    conpositi numero in turmas,

    Verg. A. 11, 599:

    cunctos licentia vagos compositus invadit = compositis ordinibus,

    Tac. H. 4, 35:

    agmen,

    id. ib. 2, 89; 5, 1; id. A. 12, 16:

    ordines,

    id. H. 4, 33:

    vagos paventesque Vitellianos, sua quemque apud signa, componunt,

    id. ib. 3, 35:

    pugnae exercitum,

    id. A. 13, 40:

    auxilia in numerum legionis,

    id. ib. 2, 80 Nipp. ad loc.:

    equitem per turmas,

    id. ib. 15, 29:

    insidias in montibus,

    Just. 1, 3, 11.—
    3.
    Of the order of words in language: quam lepide lexeis compostae! ut tesserulae omnes Arte pavimento atque emblemate vermiculato, Lucil. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 43, 171; id. ap. Cic. Or. 44, 149; cf. id. ib. sq.:

    ut aptior sit oratio, ipsa verba compone,

    id. Brut. 17, 68.—
    4.
    With reference to orderly appearance, etc., of the clothing, hair; the expression of the countenance, etc., to lay, smooth, adjust:

    suon quisque loco'st? Vide capillum, satin compositu'st commode?

    Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 97:

    composito et delibuto capillo,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 46, 135:

    comas,

    Ov. R. Am. 679:

    crines,

    Verg. G. 4, 417:

    ne turbarentur comae, quas componi, etc.,

    Quint. 11, 3, 148:

    togam,

    to lay in proper folds, Hor. S. 2, 3, 77; Quint. 11, 3, 156; cf.:

    nec tamen ante adiit... Quam se composuit, quam circumspexit amictus,

    Ov. M. 4, 318:

    pulvinum facili manu,

    id. A. A. 1, 160; cf.

    torum,

    id. F. 3, 484:

    jam libet componere voltus,

    id. M. 13, 767:

    vultu composito, ne laeti excessu principis, etc.,

    Tac. A. 1, 7; Plin. Ep. 3, 16, 5; cf.:

    (Tiberius) compositus ore,

    id. ib. 2, 34:

    vultum natura horridum... efferabat, componens ad speculum in omnem terrorem,

    distorting, Suet. Calig. 50.—
    5.
    In gen., to adjust, arrange, regulate, for the expression of something, or to accord with something; usu. ad aliquid:

    ad abstinentiam rursus, non secus ac modo ad balineum animum vultumque conposui,

    Plin. Ep. 7, 1, 6:

    orationis ipsius vultus ad id, quod efficere intendimus, compositus,

    Quint. 9, 1, 21:

    utraque manu ad modum aliquid portantium composita,

    id. 11, 3, 120:

    ge. stum oratoris ad similitudinem saltationis,

    id. 1, 11, 19:

    figuram ad imitationem alterius scripturae,

    id. 9, 2, 34:

    nec ad votum composita civitas,

    Tac. Or. 41:

    cuncta ad decorem inperi conposita,

    id. H. 1, 71:

    cunctis ad tristitiam conpositis,

    id. A. 3, 1. —Less freq. with dat.:

    voltus conponere famae Taedet,

    to adapt, Tib. 4, 7, 9:

    venturis carbasa ventis,

    Luc. 3, 596:

    me quoque mittendis rectum componite telis,

    id. 3, 717. —With in:

    Nero itinera urbis... veste servili in dissimulationem sui compositus pererrabat,

    disguised, made up, Tac. A. 13, 25. —
    D. (α).
    With acc.:

    ego itinera sic composueram, ut Nonis Quinctilibus Puteolis essem,

    Cic. Att. 15, 26, 3:

    quod adest memento Componere aequus,

    Hor. C. 3, 29, 33:

    conposita atque constituta re publica,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 18, 42:

    necdum compositis maturisve satis consiliis,

    Liv. 4, 13, 5:

    (diem) totum in consideranda causa componendaque posuisse,

    Cic. Brut. 22, 87:

    tempus in cognoscendis componendisque causis consumere,

    id. Or. 42, 143:

    ex sententia omnibus rebus paratis conpositisque,

    Sall. J. 43, 5; 94, 1:

    in senatu cuncta longis aliorum principatibus composita statim decernuntur,

    Tac. H. 2, 55:

    dum quae forent firmando Neronis imperio componuntur,

    id. A. 12, 68.—
    (β).
    With ad or in and acc. of the purpose for which, or the example according to which, etc.:

    cum alteri placeat auspicia ista ad utilitatem esse rei publicae conposita,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 13, 32:

    omnia ad voluptatem multitudinis inperitae,

    Quint. 10, 1, 43:

    animum ad omnes casus,

    id. 12, 9, 20; Val. Fl. 1, 321:

    satis igitur in hoc nos componet multa scribendi exercitatio,

    Quint. 9, 4, 114:

    cultum victumque non ad nova exempla conponere, sed ut majorum mores suadent,

    Sen. Tranq. 9, 2. —
    2. (α).
    In gen.: eum allegaverunt, suom qui servom diceret Cum auro esse apud me: conposita est fallacia, [p. 393] Ut, etc., Plaut. Poen. 3, 5, 29:

    quin jam virginem Despondi: res composita'st,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 7, 17:

    ita causa componitur, ut item palaestritae Bidini peterent ab Epicrate hereditatem,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 22, § 54:

    societatem praedarum cum latronibus conposuisse,

    Sall. H. 4, 11 Dietsch:

    crimen ab inimicis Romae conpositum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 61, § 141:

    conpositis inter se rebus,

    Sall. J. 66, 2:

    ita conposito dolo digrediuntur,

    id. ib. 111, 4:

    conposito jam consilio,

    Liv. 3, 53, 3: ceteri proditores ea quae composita erant exspectabant;

    convenerat autem, etc.,

    id. 25, 9, 8:

    sub noctem susurri Composita repetantur hora,

    Hor. C. 1, 9, 20:

    ictum jam foedus, et omnes Conpositae leges,

    Verg. A. 12, 315:

    compositis notis,

    Tib. 1, 2, 22:

    crimen ac dolum ultro,

    Tac. H. 1, 34:

    proditionem,

    id. ib. 2, 100:

    seditionem,

    id. ib. 4, 14:

    insidias,

    id. ib. 5, 22; id. A. 12, 54; 13, 47: pacem componere, v. B. 5. supra.—
    (β).
    With rel.-clause:

    cum summa concordia, quos dimitterent, quos retinerent, composuerunt,

    Liv. 40, 40, 14.—
    (γ).
    With inf.:

    ii, secretis conloquiis conponunt Gallos concire,

    Tac. A. 3, 40.—
    (δ).
    Pass. impers.:

    ut domi compositum cum Marcio erat,

    Liv. 2, 37, 1.—
    (ε).
    With ut and subj.:

    compositum inter ipsos ut Latiaris strueret dolum,

    Tac. A. 4, 68; cf. P. a. subst.
    3.
    In gen., to feign, invent, devise, contrive, in order to deceive or delude, etc.: composita dicta, Att. ap. Non. p. 260, 22 (Trag. Rel. v. 47 Rib.):

    ne tu istic hodie malo tuo conpositis mendaciis Advenisti,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 211:

    nec bene mendaci risus conponitur ore,

    Tib. 3, 6, 35 (3, 7, 3):

    sed vobis facile'st verba et conponere fraudes,

    Prop. 2, 9, 31:

    insidias in me conponis inanes,

    id. 2, 32 (3, 30), 19:

    compositas insidias fatoque evitatas ementitur,

    Tac. A. 13, 47:

    si haec fabulosa et composita videntur,

    id. Or. 12; id. Agr. 40:

    quae ut augendae famae composita, sic reliqua non in obscuro habentur,

    id. A. 15, 16; cf.:

    vetustatem, ut cetera, in majus conponentem altores Jovis celebravisse,

    exaggerating, Sall. H. 3, 60 Dietsch.— Part. perf. with in and acc., pretending, assuming the appearance or expression:

    (Domitianus) paratus simulatione, in adrogantiam compositus audiit preces,

    Tac. Agr. 42:

    is in maestitiam compositus,

    id. H. 2, 9; 1, 54:

    in securitatem,

    id. A. 3, 44.—Rarely with ad:

    tunc compositus ad maestitiam,

    Tac. A. 13, 20.— Hence, P. a.: compŏsĭtus ( - postus), a, um.
    A.
    Well-arranged, ordered, or constituted, orderly, regular:

    quae (injuria) dum foris sunt, nil videtur mundius, Nec magis compositum quicquam nec magis elegans,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 13: admiratus sum... sunchusin litterularum, quae solent tuae compositissimae et clarissimae esse, Cic. Att. 6, 9, 1:

    acrior impetu atque animis quam compositior ullo ordine pugna fuit,

    Liv. 28, 22, 13:

    intellegitur, etiamsi non adjecero, conpositum ordinatumque fore talem virum,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 3:

    composita et quieta et beata respublica,

    Tac. Or. 36. —Of writings:

    quare in his quoque libris erant eadem aliqua... omnia vero compositiora et elaborata,

    Quint. 1, pr. § 8; cf.:

    illa quae curam fatentur et ficta atque composita videri etiam volunt,

    elaborate, id. 8, pr. § 23.— Transf., of the orator himself:

    si aut compositi oratoris bene structam collocationem dissolvas permutatione verborum,

    Cic. Or. 70, 232.—
    B.
    Fitly disposed for any purpose, prepared, apt, fit, adapted, qualified, suitable, ready:

    perficiam ut nemo umquam paratior, vigilantior, compositior ad judicium venisse videatur,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 1, 11; so,

    equus bene natura compositus,

    Auct. Her. 4, 46, 59.— With ad or in and acc., or with dat.:

    arte quadam ab juventa in ostentationem (virtutum) compositus,

    Liv. 26, 19, 3 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    alius historiae magis idoneus, alius compositus ad carmen,

    Quint. 2, 8, 7:

    aeque in adulationem compositus (sacerdos),

    Curt. 4, 7, 26:

    (Attici) non maxime ad risum compositi,

    Quint. 6, 3, 18:

    natura atque arte compositus alliciendis etiam Muciani moribus,

    Tac. H. 2, 5.—
    C.
    Quiet, peaceful, undisturbed, calm, composed, unimpassioned, etc.:

    ut peractis quae agenda fuerint salvo jam et composito die possis ibi manere,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 2:

    lenis et nitidi et compositi generis amatores,

    Quint. 10, 1, 44:

    actio,

    id. 11, 3, 110:

    aetas,

    mature, sedate, Tac. A. 13, 1: adfectus mites atque compositi, Quint. 6, 2, 9:

    supercilium (opp. erectum),

    id. 11, 3, 74:

    repetitio eorum (civium) labefactabat compositam civitatem,

    Flor. 3, 23, 3.—
    D.
    Compound, composite, made up of parts (opp. simplex):

    verba,

    Quint. 1, 5, 3; 1, 6, 38; 7, 9, 5:

    voces,

    id. 1, 5, 65; cf. id. 1, 5, 9; 2, 12, 3.—Hence, subst.: compŏsĭtum ( conp-), i, n., that which is agreed, an agreement, compact, etc.; only abl. in the phrases,
    (α).
    Ex composito, according to agreement, by agreement, in concert, Sall. H. 2, 12 Dietsch:

    tum ex composito orta vis,

    Liv. 1, 9, 10; 5, 14, 2; 36, 25, 1; 40, 48, 4; Suet. Claud. 37; Tac. H. 4, 66.—
    (β).
    De composito, by agreement, App. Mag. 1, p. 273; and,
    (γ).
    More rarely in the same sense, composito alone, Ter. Phorm. 5, 1, 29; Nep. Dat. 6, 6; Verg. A. 2, 129.—Hence also adv.: compŏsĭtē ( conp-), in an orderly, regular, or skilful manner, orderly, regularly, properly (class. but rare;

    not in Quint.): ambulare,

    Col. 6, 2, 5:

    indutus,

    Gell. 1, 5, 2:

    composite et apte dicere,

    Cic. Or. 71, 236:

    composite, ornate, copiose eloqui,

    id. De Or. 1, 11, 48:

    composite atque magnifice casum reipublicae miserati,

    Sall. C. 51, 9:

    bene et composite disseruit,

    id. Ib. 52.— Comp.:

    compositius cuncta quam festinantius agerent,

    Tac. A. 15, 3.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > conposite

  • 25 conpositum

    com-pōno ( conp-), posui (COMPOSEIVERVNT, C. I. L. 1, 199, 2), positum (compostus, Plaut. Mil. 4, 7, 21 Lorenz; Verg. A. 1, 249; Lucil. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 43, 171; Varr ap. Sen. Ep. 56, 6), 3, v. a., to put, place, lay, bring or set together, to unite, join, connect, collect, aggregate, compose, to order, arrange, adjust, etc. (class. and very freq.).
    I.
    In gen., of different objects.
    A. 1.
    Of things in gen.:

    aridum lignum,

    Hor. C. 3, 17, 14:

    composita fronde,

    Prop. 1, 20, 22:

    uvas in tecto in cratibus,

    Cato, R. R. 112, 2:

    in quo (loco) erant ea conposita, quibus rex te numerare constituerat,

    Cic. Deiot. 6, 17:

    (amomum) manipulatim leniter componitur,

    Plin. 12, 13, 28, § 48:

    amphoras in culleum,

    Cato, R. R. 113, 2:

    ligna in caminum,

    id. ib. 37, 5.—
    b.
    To bring into contact, fit together, join:

    quid... in operibus manu factis tam compositum tamque compactum et coagmentatum inveniri potest?

    Cic. Fin. 3, 22, 74: cum poclo bibo eodem, amplector, labra labellis conpono, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 260, 28:

    tum latus conponit lateri et cum pectore pectus,

    id. ib. p. 260, 30:

    conponens manibusque manus atque ori bus ora,

    Verg. A. 8, 486:

    Mercurio Sais fertur Virgineum conposuisse latus,

    Prop. 2, 2, 12; cf.

    caput,

    Tib. 1, 5, 8.—Hence, of broken limbs, etc., med. t. t., to set:

    ossa,

    Cels. 8, 10, 2:

    jugulum,

    id. 8, 8, 8 et saep.—
    c.
    Esp., to pack up for a journey, etc.:

    omnia composta sunt quae donavi,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 7, 21:

    i ergo intro et compone quae tecum simul Ferantur,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 3, 5:

    dum tota domus raeda componitur una,

    Juv. 3, 10.—
    2.
    Of persons:

    is (Saturnus) genus indocile ac dispersum montibus altis Composuit,

    Verg. A. 8, 322:

    et tabula una duos poterit componere amantes,

    Prop. 2, 26, 33 (3, 22, 13); cf. II. C. 5. infra.—
    B.
    To set in opposition.
    1.
    To bring together in hostility, to oppose, to couple, pair, match in combat (cf. compositio, III.); esp. of gladiators, etc.: Samnis, spurcus homo, cum Pacideiano conponitur, optimus multo Post homines natos gladiator qui fuit unus, Lucil. Sat. ap. Non. p. 257, 18; cf. Cic. Opt. Gen. 6, 17:

    Rupili et Persi par pugnat, uti non Compositum melius cum Bitho Bacchius,

    Hor. S. 1, 7, 20 Orell. ad loc.:

    staturam habere Threcis cum Threce conpositi,

    Sen. Q. N. 4, praef. 8;

    and in gen.: si quis casus duos inter se bonos viros composuerit,

    Quint. 2, 17, 34:

    cuive virum mallem memet componere,

    Sil. 10, 70:

    componimur Vecordi Decio,

    id. 11, 212:

    hunc fatis,

    id. 1, 39:

    cum ventis, pelagique furentibus undis Composuit mortale genus,

    Luc. 3, 196;

    and fig.: pergis pugnantia secum Frontibus adversis componere,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 103:

    ecce par deo dignum, vir fortis cum fortuna mala conpositus,

    Sen. Prov. 1, 2, 9:

    non illa (rhetorice) secum ipsa componitur,

    Quint. 2, 17, 33;

    and of a judicial contest: accita Epicharis et cum indice composita,

    confronted, Tac. A. 15, 51; 16, 10.—
    2.
    To oppose by way of comparison, to compare, contrast.
    (α).
    With acc. and dat.: quid est, cur componere ausis mihi te aut me tibi? Att. ap. Non. p. 257, 15 (Trag. Rel. v. 147 Rib.):

    nec divis homines componier aequom'st,

    Cat. 68, 141: composita dicta evolvunt, Quae cum componas, dicta factis discrepant, Att. ap. Non. p. 260, 21 (Trag. Rel. v. 48 Rib.):

    si parva licet conponere magnis,

    Verg. G. 4, 176:

    parvis conponere magna solebam,

    id. E. 1, 23; Ov. M. 5, [p. 392] 416:

    audes cladi componere nostrae, Nympha, tuam?

    id. ib. 15, 530:

    divinis humana,

    Aus. Ecl. 1, 10.—
    (β).
    With acc. and cum:

    ubi Metelli dicta cum factis conposuit,

    Sall. J. 48, 1: causam suam cum causa adversarii. Quint. 7, 2, 22.
    II.
    In partic.
    A.
    Of the parts of a whole, or of a whole as made up of parts.
    1. (α).
    With ex:

    exercitus ejus conpositus ex variis gentibus,

    Sall. J. 18, 3:

    genus humanum ex corpore et anima conpositum,

    id. ib. 2, 1:

    liber ex alienis orationibus compositus,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 14, 47:

    antidoton... ex multis atque interim contrariis quoque inter se effectibus,

    Quint. 1, 10, 6:

    ex quo (umore) componi debet (medicamentum),

    Cels. 6, 7, 1 fin.
    (β).
    With abl.:

    mensam gramine,

    Sil. 15, 51.—
    (γ).
    With acc. alone:

    medicamentum,

    Col. 6, 4, 1; Scrib. Comp. 10.—
    2.
    Esp., of buildings, etc., to construct, build:

    qui cuncta conposuit,

    i. e. the Creator, Cic. Univ. 13:

    urbem,

    Verg. A. 3, 387:

    illa (templa) deis,

    Ov. F. 1, 708 Burm. ad loc.:

    aggere conposito tumuli,

    Verg. A. 7, 6:

    deletas Thebas,

    Prop. 2, 6, 5.—
    3.
    Of words, to compound:

    vitilitigatores ex vitiis et litigatoribus, Plin. praef. § 32: verba composita (opp. simplicia),

    Quint. 1, 5, 3.—
    4.
    Of writings, speeches, etc.
    a.
    To compose, write, construct (very freq.):

    leges,

    Lucr. 4, 966:

    compone hoc, quod postulo, de argento: de reliquo videro,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 16, § 36:

    quartum librum,

    id. de Or. 2, 55, 224:

    libros,

    id. Fam. 16, 20; Plin. Ep. 9, 9, 1:

    libellos,

    Quint. 12, 8, 5:

    actiones,

    Cic. Att. 6, 1, 8; Quint. 11, 3, 68:

    argumentum,

    Cic. Att. 15, 4, 3:

    edictum eis verbis,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 45, § 116:

    edictum eorum arbitratu,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 46, §

    119: artes,

    books of instruction, id. Brut. 12, 48; id. Ac. 2, 13, 40:

    artificium,

    id. de Or. 2, 19, 83:

    commentarium consulatus mei,

    id. Att. 1, 19, 10; Quint. 1, 8, 19:

    quarum (litterarum) exemplum,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 20, 53:

    quandam disciplinae formulam,

    id. Ac. 1, 4, 17:

    stipulationum et judiciorum formulas,

    id. Leg. 1, 4, 14:

    interdictum,

    id. Caecin. 21, 59:

    poema,

    id. ad Q. Fr. 3, 1, 4; cf. Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 77; Ov. Tr. 5, 12, 60:

    senatus consultum,

    Cic. Fam. 10, 22, 2:

    testimonium,

    id. Att. 15, 15, 1:

    verba ad religionem deorum immortalium,

    id. Dom. 47, 124:

    de judicialibus causis aliqua,

    Quint. 3, 6, 104:

    aliquid de ratione dicendi, id. prooem. 1: quae de ortu vitaque Scapulae composita erant,

    Tac. A. 16, 14:

    Apion... inmortalitate donari a se scripsit ad quos aliqua conponebat, Plin. praef. § 25: carmen,

    Cic. Mur. 12, 26:

    carmina,

    Tac. Or. 12; id. A. 3, 49:

    epistulas,

    id. ib. 2, 70:

    litteras nomine Marcelli,

    Liv. 27, 28, 4; Tac. A. 11, 20:

    orationem habere ad conciliandos plebis animos conpositam,

    Liv. 1, 35, 2:

    blanditias tremula voce,

    Tib. 1, 2, 91:

    meditata manu verba trementi,

    Ov. M. 9, 521:

    versus,

    Hor. S. 1, 4, 8:

    mollem versum,

    Prop. 1, 7, 19:

    cantus,

    Tib. 1, 2, 53:

    in morem annalium,

    Tac. Or. 22:

    orationes adversus aliquem,

    id. ib. 37:

    litteras ad aliquem,

    id. A. 15, 8; 14, 22:

    probra in Gaium,

    id. ib. 6, 9;

    14, 50: multa et atrocia in Macronem,

    id. ib. 6, 44 (38) et saep.—
    b.
    Transf., of the subjects, etc., treated, to write about, treat, celebrate:

    tuas laudes,

    Tib. 4, 1, 35:

    res gestas,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 251:

    tempora Iliaca,

    Vell. 1, 3, 2:

    bellum Troicum,

    id. 1, 5, 3:

    Juli Africani vitam componendo, spem hominibus fecisti plurium ejus modi librorum,

    Tac. Or. 14:

    veteres populi Romani res,

    id. A. 4, 32:

    Neronis res,

    id. ib. 1, 1; 11, 11.—
    B.
    From the notion of closing.
    1.
    To put away, put aside, put in place:

    armamentis conplicandis, conponendis studuimus,

    i. e. folding up the sails and lowering the masts, Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 80:

    (tempus) ad componenda armamenta expediendumque remigem,

    Liv. 26, 39, 8:

    vela contrahit malosque inclinat et simul armamenta componens, etc.,

    id. 36, 44, 2:

    arma,

    Hor. C. 4, 14, 52:

    tristes istos conpone libellos,

    put aside, Prop. 1, 9, 13.—
    2.
    To store up, put away, collect:

    nec... Aut conponere opes norant aut parcere parto,

    Verg. A. 8, 317:

    ego conposito securus acervo Despiciam dites,

    Tib. 1, 1, 77;

    so fig.: condo et compono quae mox depromere possim,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 12.— So esp. to preserve, pack, put up fruits, meat, etc., for future use:

    pernas,

    Cato, R. R. 162, 12:

    tergora (suis),

    Col. 12, 55, 2: siccatos coliculos, id. 12, 9, 1:

    caepam in fidelia,

    id. 12, 10, 2:

    herbas,

    id. 12, 13, 2:

    poma,

    id. 12, 47, 5:

    olivas,

    Pall. Nov. 22, 5:

    herbam olla nova,

    Scrib. Comp. 60:

    faenum,

    Dig. 19, 2, 11, § 4:

    fructus in urceis, capsellis,

    ib. 33, 7, 12, §1.—
    3.
    Of the ashes or remains of the dead, to adjust, lay out, to collect and inurn, inter, bury:

    tu mea conpones et dices, ossa, Properti, Haec tua sunt,

    Prop. 2, 24, 35 (3, 19, 19):

    cinerem,

    Ov. F. 3, 547:

    cinerem ossaque,

    Val. Fl. 7, 203:

    sic ego conponi versus in ossa velim,

    Tib. 3, 2, 26.—Hence, in gen., of persons, to bury:

    quem... prope cognatos conpositum cineres,

    Cat. 68, 98:

    omnes composui (meos),

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 28:

    compositi busta avi,

    Ov. F. 5, 426:

    Pisonem Verania uxor... T. Vinium Crispina filia composuere,

    Tac. H. 1, 47:

    componi tumulo eodem,

    Ov. M. 4, 157:

    toro Mortua componar,

    id. ib. 9, 504:

    alto Conpositus lecto,

    Pers. 3, 104:

    aliquem terra,

    Sil. 9, 95.—
    4. a.
    Of things: omnia noctis erant placida composta quiete, Varr. Atac. ap. Sen. Contr. 3, 16:

    cum mare compositum est,

    Ov. A. A. 3, 259:

    aquas,

    id. H. 13, 136:

    fessum tumentes Composuit pelagus ventis patientibus undas,

    Luc. 5, 702.—
    b.
    Of persons:

    nec vigilantibus, sed etiam quiete compositis,

    Quint. 11, 2, 5:

    ubi jam thalamis se conposuere,

    Verg. G. 4, 189:

    defessa membra,

    id. ib. 4, 438:

    si bene conpositus somno vinoque jacebit,

    Ov. Am. 1, 4, 53.—
    5.
    To end strife, confusion, etc., to compose, pacify, allay, settle, calm, appease, quiet, tranquillize, reconcile, etc., that which is disturbed or at variance.
    a.
    With personal object:

    aversos amicos,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 29:

    ceteros clementia,

    Tac. A. 12, 55:

    comitia praetorum,

    id. ib. 14, 28; id. H. 1, 85:

    juvenes concitatos,

    Quint. 1, 10, 32; cf.:

    barbarum animos,

    Tac. A. 14, 39:

    gentem,

    Sil. 17, 356.—Esp. of the mind:

    prima (pars philosophiae) conponit animum,

    Sen. Ep. 89, 9:

    argumentum conpositae mentis,

    id. ib. 2, 1; Cels. 3, 18; Sil. 11, 352:

    mentem somno,

    id. 3, 162:

    religio saevas componit mentis,

    id. 13, 317.—
    b.
    Of places, countries, etc.:

    C. Caesar componendae Armeniae deligitur,

    Tac. A. 2, 4:

    Campaniam,

    id. H. 4, 3:

    Daciam,

    id. ib. 3, 53.—
    c.
    With abstr. or indef. objects:

    si possum hoc inter vos conponere,

    Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 23; cf.:

    vides, inter nos sic haec potius cum bona Ut componamus gratia quam cum mala?

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 17:

    gaudens conponi foedere bellum,

    Verg. A. 12, 109; so,

    bellum,

    Sall. J. 97, 2; Nep. Hann. 6, 2; id. Alcib. 8, 3; Vell. 2, 25, 1; Asin. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 33, 3:

    bella,

    Tac. A. 3, 56:

    cum vellet pro communi amico controversias regum componere,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 109:

    uti per colloquia omnes controversiae componantur,

    id. ib. 1, 9 fin.:

    curas,

    Verg. A. 4, 341; Sil. 12, 682:

    lites,

    Verg. E. 3, 108:

    seditionem civilem,

    Suet. Caes. 4:

    statum Orientis,

    id. Calig. 1:

    Romanus Ardeae turbatas seditione res... composuit,

    Liv. 4, 10, 6; 3, 53, 1:

    legatorum res et bello turbatas,

    id. 45, 16, 2:

    res Germanicas,

    Suet. Vit. 9:

    discordias,

    Tac. H. 4, 50:

    compositis praesentibus,

    id. A. 1, 45:

    odia et certamina,

    id. ib. 15, 2.—Less freq. transf., with the result as object:

    pacem componi volo Meo patri cum matre,

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 113:

    si pax cum Carthaginiensibus componi nequisset,

    Liv. 30, 40, 13:

    at me conposita pace fefellit Amor,

    Prop. 2, 2, 2:

    pax circa Brundusium composita,

    Vell. 2, 75, 3:

    pacem cum Pyrrho,

    Just. 18, 2, 6; cf. D. 2. infra.—
    d.
    Absol.:

    coheredes mei conponere et transigere cupiebant,

    Plin. Ep. 5, 1, 7; and so impers. pass.:

    posteaquam id quod maxime volui fieri non potuit, ut componeretur,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 136:

    Pompei summam esse... voluntatem, ut componeretur atque ab armis discederetur,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 16.—
    C. 1.
    In gen., to arrange, adjust, order, set in order:

    aulaeis se superbis Aurea sponda, of one's attitude on a couch,

    Verg. A. 1, 697:

    ad ictum militaris gladii conposita cervice,

    Sen. Cons. Marc. 26, 2:

    diductis aedificia angulis vidimus moveri iterumque conponi,

    id. Q. N. 6, 30, 4:

    si ad rem pertinet, quomodo caelo adfecto conpositisque sideribus quodque animal oriatur,

    Cic. Div. 2, 47, 98:

    tibi enim gratias agebat, quod signa componenda suscepisses,

    id. Att. 4, 9, 1.—
    2.
    Esp., milit. t. t.:

    se ad confligendum, Sisenn. ap. Non p. 257, 13: exercitum in hibernaculis, Sali J. 103, 1: in secunda (acie) cohortis, id. H. inc. Fragm. 44 Dietsch: stabant conpositi suis quisque ordinibus (opp. incompositi),

    Liv. 44, 38, 11:

    conpositi numero in turmas,

    Verg. A. 11, 599:

    cunctos licentia vagos compositus invadit = compositis ordinibus,

    Tac. H. 4, 35:

    agmen,

    id. ib. 2, 89; 5, 1; id. A. 12, 16:

    ordines,

    id. H. 4, 33:

    vagos paventesque Vitellianos, sua quemque apud signa, componunt,

    id. ib. 3, 35:

    pugnae exercitum,

    id. A. 13, 40:

    auxilia in numerum legionis,

    id. ib. 2, 80 Nipp. ad loc.:

    equitem per turmas,

    id. ib. 15, 29:

    insidias in montibus,

    Just. 1, 3, 11.—
    3.
    Of the order of words in language: quam lepide lexeis compostae! ut tesserulae omnes Arte pavimento atque emblemate vermiculato, Lucil. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 43, 171; id. ap. Cic. Or. 44, 149; cf. id. ib. sq.:

    ut aptior sit oratio, ipsa verba compone,

    id. Brut. 17, 68.—
    4.
    With reference to orderly appearance, etc., of the clothing, hair; the expression of the countenance, etc., to lay, smooth, adjust:

    suon quisque loco'st? Vide capillum, satin compositu'st commode?

    Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 97:

    composito et delibuto capillo,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 46, 135:

    comas,

    Ov. R. Am. 679:

    crines,

    Verg. G. 4, 417:

    ne turbarentur comae, quas componi, etc.,

    Quint. 11, 3, 148:

    togam,

    to lay in proper folds, Hor. S. 2, 3, 77; Quint. 11, 3, 156; cf.:

    nec tamen ante adiit... Quam se composuit, quam circumspexit amictus,

    Ov. M. 4, 318:

    pulvinum facili manu,

    id. A. A. 1, 160; cf.

    torum,

    id. F. 3, 484:

    jam libet componere voltus,

    id. M. 13, 767:

    vultu composito, ne laeti excessu principis, etc.,

    Tac. A. 1, 7; Plin. Ep. 3, 16, 5; cf.:

    (Tiberius) compositus ore,

    id. ib. 2, 34:

    vultum natura horridum... efferabat, componens ad speculum in omnem terrorem,

    distorting, Suet. Calig. 50.—
    5.
    In gen., to adjust, arrange, regulate, for the expression of something, or to accord with something; usu. ad aliquid:

    ad abstinentiam rursus, non secus ac modo ad balineum animum vultumque conposui,

    Plin. Ep. 7, 1, 6:

    orationis ipsius vultus ad id, quod efficere intendimus, compositus,

    Quint. 9, 1, 21:

    utraque manu ad modum aliquid portantium composita,

    id. 11, 3, 120:

    ge. stum oratoris ad similitudinem saltationis,

    id. 1, 11, 19:

    figuram ad imitationem alterius scripturae,

    id. 9, 2, 34:

    nec ad votum composita civitas,

    Tac. Or. 41:

    cuncta ad decorem inperi conposita,

    id. H. 1, 71:

    cunctis ad tristitiam conpositis,

    id. A. 3, 1. —Less freq. with dat.:

    voltus conponere famae Taedet,

    to adapt, Tib. 4, 7, 9:

    venturis carbasa ventis,

    Luc. 3, 596:

    me quoque mittendis rectum componite telis,

    id. 3, 717. —With in:

    Nero itinera urbis... veste servili in dissimulationem sui compositus pererrabat,

    disguised, made up, Tac. A. 13, 25. —
    D. (α).
    With acc.:

    ego itinera sic composueram, ut Nonis Quinctilibus Puteolis essem,

    Cic. Att. 15, 26, 3:

    quod adest memento Componere aequus,

    Hor. C. 3, 29, 33:

    conposita atque constituta re publica,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 18, 42:

    necdum compositis maturisve satis consiliis,

    Liv. 4, 13, 5:

    (diem) totum in consideranda causa componendaque posuisse,

    Cic. Brut. 22, 87:

    tempus in cognoscendis componendisque causis consumere,

    id. Or. 42, 143:

    ex sententia omnibus rebus paratis conpositisque,

    Sall. J. 43, 5; 94, 1:

    in senatu cuncta longis aliorum principatibus composita statim decernuntur,

    Tac. H. 2, 55:

    dum quae forent firmando Neronis imperio componuntur,

    id. A. 12, 68.—
    (β).
    With ad or in and acc. of the purpose for which, or the example according to which, etc.:

    cum alteri placeat auspicia ista ad utilitatem esse rei publicae conposita,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 13, 32:

    omnia ad voluptatem multitudinis inperitae,

    Quint. 10, 1, 43:

    animum ad omnes casus,

    id. 12, 9, 20; Val. Fl. 1, 321:

    satis igitur in hoc nos componet multa scribendi exercitatio,

    Quint. 9, 4, 114:

    cultum victumque non ad nova exempla conponere, sed ut majorum mores suadent,

    Sen. Tranq. 9, 2. —
    2. (α).
    In gen.: eum allegaverunt, suom qui servom diceret Cum auro esse apud me: conposita est fallacia, [p. 393] Ut, etc., Plaut. Poen. 3, 5, 29:

    quin jam virginem Despondi: res composita'st,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 7, 17:

    ita causa componitur, ut item palaestritae Bidini peterent ab Epicrate hereditatem,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 22, § 54:

    societatem praedarum cum latronibus conposuisse,

    Sall. H. 4, 11 Dietsch:

    crimen ab inimicis Romae conpositum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 61, § 141:

    conpositis inter se rebus,

    Sall. J. 66, 2:

    ita conposito dolo digrediuntur,

    id. ib. 111, 4:

    conposito jam consilio,

    Liv. 3, 53, 3: ceteri proditores ea quae composita erant exspectabant;

    convenerat autem, etc.,

    id. 25, 9, 8:

    sub noctem susurri Composita repetantur hora,

    Hor. C. 1, 9, 20:

    ictum jam foedus, et omnes Conpositae leges,

    Verg. A. 12, 315:

    compositis notis,

    Tib. 1, 2, 22:

    crimen ac dolum ultro,

    Tac. H. 1, 34:

    proditionem,

    id. ib. 2, 100:

    seditionem,

    id. ib. 4, 14:

    insidias,

    id. ib. 5, 22; id. A. 12, 54; 13, 47: pacem componere, v. B. 5. supra.—
    (β).
    With rel.-clause:

    cum summa concordia, quos dimitterent, quos retinerent, composuerunt,

    Liv. 40, 40, 14.—
    (γ).
    With inf.:

    ii, secretis conloquiis conponunt Gallos concire,

    Tac. A. 3, 40.—
    (δ).
    Pass. impers.:

    ut domi compositum cum Marcio erat,

    Liv. 2, 37, 1.—
    (ε).
    With ut and subj.:

    compositum inter ipsos ut Latiaris strueret dolum,

    Tac. A. 4, 68; cf. P. a. subst.
    3.
    In gen., to feign, invent, devise, contrive, in order to deceive or delude, etc.: composita dicta, Att. ap. Non. p. 260, 22 (Trag. Rel. v. 47 Rib.):

    ne tu istic hodie malo tuo conpositis mendaciis Advenisti,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 211:

    nec bene mendaci risus conponitur ore,

    Tib. 3, 6, 35 (3, 7, 3):

    sed vobis facile'st verba et conponere fraudes,

    Prop. 2, 9, 31:

    insidias in me conponis inanes,

    id. 2, 32 (3, 30), 19:

    compositas insidias fatoque evitatas ementitur,

    Tac. A. 13, 47:

    si haec fabulosa et composita videntur,

    id. Or. 12; id. Agr. 40:

    quae ut augendae famae composita, sic reliqua non in obscuro habentur,

    id. A. 15, 16; cf.:

    vetustatem, ut cetera, in majus conponentem altores Jovis celebravisse,

    exaggerating, Sall. H. 3, 60 Dietsch.— Part. perf. with in and acc., pretending, assuming the appearance or expression:

    (Domitianus) paratus simulatione, in adrogantiam compositus audiit preces,

    Tac. Agr. 42:

    is in maestitiam compositus,

    id. H. 2, 9; 1, 54:

    in securitatem,

    id. A. 3, 44.—Rarely with ad:

    tunc compositus ad maestitiam,

    Tac. A. 13, 20.— Hence, P. a.: compŏsĭtus ( - postus), a, um.
    A.
    Well-arranged, ordered, or constituted, orderly, regular:

    quae (injuria) dum foris sunt, nil videtur mundius, Nec magis compositum quicquam nec magis elegans,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 13: admiratus sum... sunchusin litterularum, quae solent tuae compositissimae et clarissimae esse, Cic. Att. 6, 9, 1:

    acrior impetu atque animis quam compositior ullo ordine pugna fuit,

    Liv. 28, 22, 13:

    intellegitur, etiamsi non adjecero, conpositum ordinatumque fore talem virum,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 3:

    composita et quieta et beata respublica,

    Tac. Or. 36. —Of writings:

    quare in his quoque libris erant eadem aliqua... omnia vero compositiora et elaborata,

    Quint. 1, pr. § 8; cf.:

    illa quae curam fatentur et ficta atque composita videri etiam volunt,

    elaborate, id. 8, pr. § 23.— Transf., of the orator himself:

    si aut compositi oratoris bene structam collocationem dissolvas permutatione verborum,

    Cic. Or. 70, 232.—
    B.
    Fitly disposed for any purpose, prepared, apt, fit, adapted, qualified, suitable, ready:

    perficiam ut nemo umquam paratior, vigilantior, compositior ad judicium venisse videatur,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 1, 11; so,

    equus bene natura compositus,

    Auct. Her. 4, 46, 59.— With ad or in and acc., or with dat.:

    arte quadam ab juventa in ostentationem (virtutum) compositus,

    Liv. 26, 19, 3 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    alius historiae magis idoneus, alius compositus ad carmen,

    Quint. 2, 8, 7:

    aeque in adulationem compositus (sacerdos),

    Curt. 4, 7, 26:

    (Attici) non maxime ad risum compositi,

    Quint. 6, 3, 18:

    natura atque arte compositus alliciendis etiam Muciani moribus,

    Tac. H. 2, 5.—
    C.
    Quiet, peaceful, undisturbed, calm, composed, unimpassioned, etc.:

    ut peractis quae agenda fuerint salvo jam et composito die possis ibi manere,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 2:

    lenis et nitidi et compositi generis amatores,

    Quint. 10, 1, 44:

    actio,

    id. 11, 3, 110:

    aetas,

    mature, sedate, Tac. A. 13, 1: adfectus mites atque compositi, Quint. 6, 2, 9:

    supercilium (opp. erectum),

    id. 11, 3, 74:

    repetitio eorum (civium) labefactabat compositam civitatem,

    Flor. 3, 23, 3.—
    D.
    Compound, composite, made up of parts (opp. simplex):

    verba,

    Quint. 1, 5, 3; 1, 6, 38; 7, 9, 5:

    voces,

    id. 1, 5, 65; cf. id. 1, 5, 9; 2, 12, 3.—Hence, subst.: compŏsĭtum ( conp-), i, n., that which is agreed, an agreement, compact, etc.; only abl. in the phrases,
    (α).
    Ex composito, according to agreement, by agreement, in concert, Sall. H. 2, 12 Dietsch:

    tum ex composito orta vis,

    Liv. 1, 9, 10; 5, 14, 2; 36, 25, 1; 40, 48, 4; Suet. Claud. 37; Tac. H. 4, 66.—
    (β).
    De composito, by agreement, App. Mag. 1, p. 273; and,
    (γ).
    More rarely in the same sense, composito alone, Ter. Phorm. 5, 1, 29; Nep. Dat. 6, 6; Verg. A. 2, 129.—Hence also adv.: compŏsĭtē ( conp-), in an orderly, regular, or skilful manner, orderly, regularly, properly (class. but rare;

    not in Quint.): ambulare,

    Col. 6, 2, 5:

    indutus,

    Gell. 1, 5, 2:

    composite et apte dicere,

    Cic. Or. 71, 236:

    composite, ornate, copiose eloqui,

    id. De Or. 1, 11, 48:

    composite atque magnifice casum reipublicae miserati,

    Sall. C. 51, 9:

    bene et composite disseruit,

    id. Ib. 52.— Comp.:

    compositius cuncta quam festinantius agerent,

    Tac. A. 15, 3.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > conpositum

  • 26 принять эстафету

    General subject: (перен.) pick up the slack (The metaphor comes from the notion of a piece of rope attached to something at one end but lying slack on the ground. So to pick up the slack would be to pull the rope tight.), pick up the torch

    Универсальный русско-английский словарь > принять эстафету

  • 27 συμβαίνω

    συμβαίνω, [tense] fut.
    A

    - βήσομαι Hdt.2.3

    , etc.: [tense] pf. - βέβηκα, [ per.] 3pl.

    - βεβᾶσι E.Hel. 622

    , [dialect] Ion. inf.

    - βεβάναι Hdt.3.146

    : [tense] pf. inf. [voice] Pass.

    - βεβάσθαι Th. 8.98

    : [tense] aor. 2 συνέβην (v. infr.): [tense] aor. 1 subj. [voice] Pass.

    ξυμβᾰθῇ Id.4.30

    :— stand with the feet together, Hp.Off.3;

    διαβαίνοντες μᾶλλον ἢ συμβεβηκότες X.Eq.1.14

    ;

    συμβεβηκὼς τὼ πόδε Poll.3.91

    ; συμβᾶσα τὼ πόδε, opp. περιβάδην, Ach.Tat.1.1; Παλλάδιον τοῖς ποσὶ συμβεβηκός a statue with closed feet, as in early Greek art, Apollod.3.12.3.
    2 σ. κακοῖς to be joined to them, i.e. increase them, E.Hel.37.
    3 meet,

    σὺν δ' ἔβη ἐν Φιλότητι Emp.21.8

    ;

    τὸν συμβαίνοντά σοι Eup.136

    (dub.);

    σ. αὐτοὶ αὑτοῖς X.HG1.2.17

    ; ξυμβέβηκε δ' οὐδαμοῦ has never come in my way, has had naught to do with me, E.Hel. 1007.
    II most freq. metaph., come to an agreement, come to terms, E.Ph.71, etc.; ἐπ' ἐλάττονι ς. agree on (i.e. to accept) less, POxy. 237 viii 11 (ii A.D.): c. dat., Th.3.52, 4.128, etc.; πρὸς ἀλλήλους ib.61, etc.: with neut. Adj.,

    ἐὰν ξυμβῶ τί σοι Ar.Ra. 175

    ;

    ἤν τι ξυμβαίνωσι Th.2.5

    ; ξ. τὰ πλείω, οὐδέν, Id.4.117, 5.36;

    τἆλλα τοῖς Λακεδαιμονίοις Id.8.98

    : c. inf.,

    συνέβησαν ἐς τὠυτὸ.., τὸν δὲ βασιλεύειν Hdt.1.13

    ;

    ξ. ὑπήκοοι εἶναι Th.1.117

    ; ξ. ἤν τις ἁλίσκηται,.. δοῦλον εἶναι ib. 103;

    ξ. τοῖς Πλαταιεῦσι παραδοῦναι σφᾶς αὐτούς Id.2.4

    ;

    ξ. πρὸς Νικίαν.. ἐπιτρέψαι Id.4.54

    ; also

    συνέβησαν.. ὥστε τριηκοσίους μαχέσασθαι Hdt.1.82

    ; σ. εἰς τὸ μέσον agree to a compromise, Pl.Prt. 337e; λόγοις ς., of a verbal agreement, E.Med. 737, Andr. 233: generally, make friends with, ἐκ πολέμου ξ. Ar.V. 867;

    ἀπὸ τοῦ ἴσου Th.4.19

    ;

    ἐπὶ τοῖς εἰρημένοις E.Ph. 590

    (troch.): in [tense] pf. συμβεβάναι and [voice] Pass., of the agreement, δοκέοντες πάντα συμβεβάναι that everything had been settled, or that they had settled everything, Hdt.3.146;

    ἐπὶ τούτοις ξυμβεβάσθαι Th.8.98

    ;

    ἕως ἄν τι περὶ τοῦ πλέονος ξυμβαθῇ Id.4.30

    .
    2 agree with, be on good terms with,

    οὐ.. Ἀθηναίοισι συνέβαιν' Αἰσχύλος Ar.Ra. 807

    ; σ. ἑκατέρᾳ τῶν στάσεων hold with one and other of them, D.H.2.62.
    3 of things, tally, correspond with,

    ὁ χρόνος ἐδόκεε τῇ ἡλικίῃ συμβαίνειν Hdt.1.116

    ;

    ἐθέλων εἰδέναι εἰ [οἱ ἐκείνων λόγοι] συμβήσονται τοῖσι λόγοισι τοῖσι ἐν Μέμφι Id.2.3

    ;

    ξυμβαίνει ταῦτα τοῖς πρὸ τοῦ Lys.8.9

    ;

    εἰς ταὐτὸ σ. τοῖς ἐμοῖς στίβοις A.Ch. 210

    : abs., ὅπως ἂν ἀρτίκολλα συμβαίνῃ τάδε ib. 580; χρησμοί τε συμβαίνουσι are in harmony therewith, Ar.Eq. 220, cf. S. Tr. 1164; αὐτὸ σ. εἰς ταύτην εἶναι πέμπτην five days later exactly tallies, D.19.60; τοῦτο σ. οὐ πλέον ἢ εἰς δώδεκα comes to no more than 12, X.HG6.4.12;

    αἱ πεντακόσιαι μάλιστά πως συνέβαινον δραχμαί Aristid.Or.50(26).94

    ; τὸ φαρμακεύεσθαι τῷ καθαίρεσθαι εἰς ταὐτὸν ς. comes to the same thing as.., Gal.15.901; of ashlar-work, fit or range exactly, M.Ant.5.8.
    4 fall to one's lot, c. dat. pers.,

    μοι σ. ἆται E.IT 148

    (lyr.), etc.;

    ἡδοναί τινι Isoc.15.222

    ;

    τριηραρχία μοι D. 47.49

    ;

    ἀτυχία Id.57.65

    ;

    εὐεργεσιῶν συμβαίνειν καιρόν Id.20.121

    .
    5 to be an attribute or characteristic of,

    ξυνεβεβήκει.. Ἀθηναίοις τοῦτο Th. 2.15

    ;

    τὰ ὀφείλοντα ταῖς ἀρίσταις συμβεβηκέναι τιτθαῖς Sor.1.87

    , cf.91, 2.6.
    III of events, come to pass, fall out, happen,

    συμβαίνει δ' οὐ τὰ μέν, τὰ δ' οὔ A.Pers. 802

    ; τῶνδε ναμέρτεια ς. S.Tr. 173;

    ἐὰν μὴ θεία τις σ. τύχη Pl.R. 592a

    ;

    αἱ ἀεὶ συμβαίνουσαι τύχαι Id.Criti. 120e

    ; εἰ καιρὸς ς. X.Eq.Mag.2.5;

    χρηστόν τι σ. παρὰ θεῶν D.1.11

    ;

    τοὐναντίον συμβαίνειν πέφυκε Gal.15.460

    : c. dat., ib.67, 16.724: also euphem., ἄν τι ξυμβῇ if anything happen (i.e. any evil), D.21.112, cf. Riv.Fil.60.59 (ii B.C.): generally, occur, be found, exist,

    ἐν τῇ ἀρχαίᾳ ἡμετέρᾳ φωνῇ σ. τὸ ὄνομα Pl.Cra. 398b

    , cf. A.D.Pron.29.15: but,
    b mostly impers., sts. c. dat. et inf.,

    αὐτῷ Ὀλυμπιάδα ἀνελέσθαι συνέβη Hdt.6.103

    , cf. 3.50, Th.1.1;

    συμβαίνει τῷ πλοίῳ ἀργεῖν PCair.Zen.650.2

    (iii B.C.), cf. PMich.Zen.21.3, al. (iii B.C.): sts. c. acc. et inf.,

    συνέβη Γέλωνα νικᾶν Hdt.7.166

    , cf. Th.8.25;

    συμβαίνει διὰ παντὸς ἡμᾶς περιφόβους εἶναι PCair.Zen.160.6

    , cf. 132.5 (iii B.C.), PEnteux.6.2, al. (iii B.C.), Gal.15.476;

    σ. τῷ οἰκοδόμῳ μουσικῷ εἶναι Arist.Metaph. 1017a11

    ; folld. by ὥστε, S.Tr. 1152, Th.4.79, Arist.Pol. 1261a34: c. part., σ. ὄν, γιγνόμενον, λεγόμενον, Pl. Sph. 244d, Phlb. 42d, Cra. 412a.
    2 joined with Adverbs or Adiectives, turn out in a certain way,

    ὀρθῶς σφι ἡ φήμη συνέβαινε ἐλθοῦσα Hdt. 9.101

    ; κακῶς, καλῶς συμβῆναι, X.Mem.1.2.63, Cyr.5.4.14, E.IT 1055;

    τὰ μητρὸς.. ἔχθιστα συμβέβηκεν S.El. 262

    ; ταῦτα.. λαμπρὰ ς. Id.Tr. 1174;

    ξυμβεβᾶσιν οἱ λόγοι.. ἀληθεῖς E.Hel. 622

    ;

    ἄπιστ' ἀληθῆ πολλὰ σ. βροτοῖς Id.Fr. 396

    ;

    σ. μέγιστον κακὸν ἡ ἀδικία Pl.Grg. 479c

    , cf. Alc. 1.130c, Cra.398e;

    δοκεῖ τὸ μαντεῖον τοὐναντίον ξυμβῆναι ἢ.. Th.2.17

    ;

    τοιούτου τούτου συμβάντος Id.1.74

    ; συμβαίνει καὶ σοὶ (sc. ἄριστον) Pl. Lg. 903d: abs., turn out well,

    ἢν ξυμβῇ ἡ πεῖρα Th.3.3

    ;

    εἴ μοι σ. τοῦτο Pl.Lg. 744a

    .
    3 of consequences, come out, result, follow,

    δαπανῶντες ἐς τοιαῦτα ἀφ' ὦν ἡ ἀσθένεια ξυμβαίνει Th.8.45

    ;

    κάλλιστον δὴ ἔργων ὑμῖν ξυμβήσεται Id.6.33

    ; τὰ συμβάντα, opp. ἡ προαίρεσις, D.18.192;

    δηλοῦται ἐκ τοῦ συμβάντος Gal.16.583

    ;

    ἐὰν μὴ ὅτι τάχος ἀποσταλῇ τὰ ὑποζύγια, συμβήσεται τὰ μελίσσεια ἀπολέσθαι PCair.Zen. 467.8

    , cf. 481.2, al. (iii B.C.).
    b of logical conclusions, result, follow, freq. in Pl. and Arist., Pl.Grg. 459b, etc.;

    σ. ἐκ τῶν κειμένων Arist.Top. 156b38

    , al., cf. D.25.73: impers., it follows, c. inf., Pl.Tht. 170c, Phd. 74a, Arist.EN 1152b25, al.; also

    σ. μήτε κουφότητ' ἔχειν μήτε βάρος, ἔπειθ' ὅτι ἀδύνατον κινηθῆναι Arist.Cael. 270a5

    : also pers., συμβαίνει εἶναι or γίγνεσθαι turns out to be, i.e. consequently or inevitably is or happens, κάθαρσις εἶναι τοῦτο ς. Pl.Phd. 67c, cf. 80b, Cra. 396a, Phlb. 55a, 64e, Prm. 134b, R. 438e;

    ὅσα συμβαίνει γίγνεσθαι κακὰ καὶ ὅσα συμβήσεται Id.Plt. 301e

    : hence συμβεβηκός (v. infr. iv. 2).
    IV in Philos., τὸ συμβεβηκός has two senses:
    1 a contingent attribute or ' accident' (in the modern sense), Arist. APo. 73b4, Top. 102b4, al.; κατὰ συμβεβηκός ' accidentally', opp. καθ' αὑτό, Id.Ph. 192b22, cf. Metaph. 1052a18, Thphr.Sens.22; opp. ἁπλῶς, Arist.APo. 71b10, al.; opp. φύσει, Id.de An. 406a14; opp. κυρίως, πρώτως, Gal.15.629, cf. 16.575, al.; opp. ἄντικρυς, Id.18(2).180.
    2 an attribute necessarily resulting from the notion of a thing, but not entering into the definition thereof,

    οἷον τῷ τριγώνῳ τὸ δύο ὀρθὰς ἔχειν Arist.Metaph. 1025a31

    ; distd. by the addition of καθ' αὑτό, Id.APo. 83b19, al.; in Epicurus, essential attribute, property, opp. σύμπτωμα 'accident', τὰ τούτων συμπτώματα ἢ ς. Ep.1p.6U., cf. Nat.4 G., al.;

    σ. ἀνθρώπου τὸ θνητὸν εἶναι Phld.Sign.3

    , al.; in the Stoics, consequence, opp. αἴτιον, Zeno Stoic.1.25.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > συμβαίνω

  • 28 (перен.) принять эстафету

    General subject: pick up the slack (The metaphor comes from the notion of a piece of rope attached to something at one end but lying slack on the ground. So to pick up the slack would be to pull the rope tight.)

    Универсальный русско-английский словарь > (перен.) принять эстафету

  • 29 vunjajungu

    [Swahili Word] vunjajungu
    [Swahili Plural] vunjajungu
    [English Word] praying mantis
    [English Plural] praying mantises
    [Taxonomy] Mantodea
    [Part of Speech] noun
    [Class] 9/10an
    [Derived Language] Swahili
    [Derived Word] -vunja, jungu
    [Terminology] entomology
    [Note] name derives from the notion that a person who kills a mantis will break the next thing s/he touches
    ------------------------------------------------------------

    Swahili-english dictionary > vunjajungu

  • 30 Barcelos rooster

       The Barcelos rooster has long been a national symbol of Portugal and colorful, painted ceramic representations in many different sizes of this legendary, symbolic bird are among the most common souvenirs of Portugal. A 14th-century folk legend from Barcelos, north of Braga, embodies the notion that "Winning justice is possible when you fight for it," as well as traditional values in rural life: pride, fate, justice, and prayed-for miracles. Like so many of the traditional folk legends of rural Portugal, this one centers on what happened to a rural farmer. One version of the legend begins with a peasant leaving Barcelos for a pilgrimage to the Spanish city of Santiago de Compostela. As he reached the outskirts of Barcelos, the peasant was accused of stealing silver from a wealthy Barcelos landowner. The peasant was tried, convicted, and sentenced to death by hanging. Before his execution, the peasant pleaded to speak to the judge who had condemned him. The judge was at a banquet and was about to eat a roasted rooster. The peasant prisoner said that during his execution the rooster would rise and crow as a sign of the man's innocence. As the peasant was about to be hanged, the rooster did rise and crow from the table and the judge ran to the gallows, stopped the execution, and freed the peasant. Some time later, the peasant returned to Barcelos and built a monument to honor St. Tiago and the Holy Virgin. While people do not necessarily believe in the miracle presented in the Barcelos rooster folk legend, the familiar story is as widely known as the Barcelos rooster, long a popular symbol of Portugal.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Barcelos rooster

  • 31 лежать в основе

    The basis for the antibacterial effects of dyes is their ability to...

    Behind the Mullard invention is the notion that...

    Central to the theory is...

    These equations form the basis (or foundation) of the theory of...

    It is this form that provides the basis (or is fundamental) for a wide variety of TV antennas.

    Boolean algebra underlies the theory of relations.

    Microcomputers are at the heart of "transaction" telephones for checking customers' credit.

    The general rule that the forces between two particles result from an exchange of other particles is basic to much of our present understanding of elementary-particle interactions.

    The Periodic Table provides the framework for the whole study of inorganic chemistry.

    Thermochemistry is basic to the study of chemical bonding.

    An understanding of dye laser operation is a building block for understanding the principles of other tunable laser systems.

    The chapter describes the fundamental physics that gives rise to the behaviour of the single junction and the transistor as circuit elements.

    The nature of energy lies at the heart of the mystery of our existence.

    This reaction is the basis for the cyanamide process for...

    Русско-английский научно-технический словарь переводчика > лежать в основе

  • 32 лежать в основе

    The basis for the antibacterial effects of dyes is their ability to...

    Behind the Mullard invention is the notion that...

    Central to the theory is...

    These equations form the basis (or foundation) of the theory of...

    It is this form that provides the basis (or is fundamental) for a wide variety of TV antennas.

    Boolean algebra underlies the theory of relations.

    Microcomputers are at the heart of "transaction" telephones for checking customers' credit.

    The general rule that the forces between two particles result from an exchange of other particles is basic to much of our present understanding of elementary-particle interactions.

    The Periodic Table provides the framework for the whole study of inorganic chemistry.

    Thermochemistry is basic to the study of chemical bonding.

    An understanding of dye laser operation is a building block for understanding the principles of other tunable laser systems.

    The chapter describes the fundamental physics that gives rise to the behaviour of the single junction and the transistor as circuit elements.

    The nature of energy lies at the heart of the mystery of our existence.

    This reaction is the basis for the cyanamide process for...

    * * *
    Лежать в основе -- to be at the heart of, to lie at the heart of; to be at the root of; to be at the basis of, to form the basis of, to form the basis for; to form the foundation for; to underlie
     Inference is al the heart of both language understanding and language generation.
     An accurate determination of primary flowrate lies at the heart of any turbine acceptance test.
     It is this particular approach that forms the basis of the dynamic testing technique described in this paper.
     Suppose that a single predicate underlies part of the meaning of each of the following sentences. (... лежит в основе части значения...)

    Русско-английский научно-технический словарь переводчика > лежать в основе

  • 33 Rose-colored map

       The famous map presented to the Chamber of Deputies in 1887, which indicated that Lisbon intended to occupy, claim, and annex a disputed corridor of central African territory. The pink or rose-colored area on the map was the area that linked up the Portuguese colonies of Angola in West Africa and Mozambique in East Africa. Portugal's territorial interests in tropical Africa shifted from the coasts to the interior after the settlement reached at the 1884-85 Berlin West Africa Conference. Thereafter, Portugal concentrated on participating in the European race for central Africa, part of the larger movement, the "Scramble for Africa."
       By means of dispatching expeditions of explorers and soldiers to the hinterlands of both Angola and Mozambique, Portugal sought to fulfill the Berlin Conference's "rule" about "effective occupation." In Portugal, the old colonialists' dream of linking up the interiors of Angola and Mozambique, a notion that dated at least to the mid-l8th century, was known as the contra-costa ("opposite coast") project. Much of the rose-colored section of the map comprises what is now Zambia, Malawi, and Zimbabwe. The plan failed when Great Britain opposed Portuguese expansion into this disputed area in 1890 and sent Lisbon a threatening ultimatum that obliged Portugal to back down.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Rose-colored map

  • 34 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is (); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yetthough, Lat. attamenetsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 35 AF

    of
    * * *
    prep. w. dat.
    I. Of place:
    1) off, from;
    G. hljóp af hesti sínum, G. jumped off his horse;
    ganga af mótinu, to go away from the meeting;
    Flosi kastaði af sér skikkjunni, threw off his cloak;
    Gizzur gekk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from the south-west;
    hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he had taken off his shoes;
    Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off;
    tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms;
    bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus;
    hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession;
    vil ek þú vinnir af þér skuldina, work off the debt;
    muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand;
    rísa af dauða, to rise from the dead;
    vakna af draumi, to awaken from a dream;
    lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse;
    vindr stóð af landi, the wind blew from the land;
    2) out of;
    verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world;
    gruflar hón af læknum, she scrambles out of the brook;
    Otradalr var mjök af vegi, far out of the way.
    Connected with út; föstudaginn fór út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town.
    II. Of time; past, beyond:
    af ómagaaldri, able to support oneself, of age;
    ek em nú af léttasta skeiði, no longer in the prime of life;
    þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, when seven weeks of summer are past;
    var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past.
    III. In various other relations:
    1) þiggja lið af e-m, to receive help from one;
    hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy;
    vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of one;
    féll þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s men fell there;
    þá eru þeir útlagir ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their goðorð;
    þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim;
    ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to give up;
    2) off, of;
    höggva fót, hönd, af e-m, to cut off one’s foot, hand;
    vil ek, at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, whatever you like of the stores;
    þar lá forkr einn ok brotit af endanum, with the point broken off;
    absol., beit hann höndina af, bit the hand off;
    fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off;
    3) of, among;
    hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum, the most promising of the young men;
    4) with;
    hláða, (ferma) skip af e-u, to load (freight) a ship with;
    fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring;
    5) of (= ór which is more frequent);
    húsit var gert af timbr stokkum, was built of trunks of trees;
    6) fig., eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him;
    hvat hefir þú gert af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar?;
    7) denoting parentage, descent, origin;
    ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, are descended from them;
    kominn af Trójumönnum, descended from the Trojans;
    8) by, of (after passive);
    ek em sendr hingat af Starkaði, sent hither by;
    ástsæll af landsmónnum, beloved of;
    9) on account of, by reason of, by;
    úbygðr at frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold;
    ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds;
    af ástæld hans, by his popularity;
    af því, therefore;
    af hví, wherefor why;
    af því at, because;
    10) by means of, by;
    framfœra e-n af verkum sínum, by means of his own labour;
    af sínu fé, by one’s own means;
    absol., hann fekk af hina mestu sœmd, derived great honour from it;
    11) with adjectives, in regard to;
    mildr af fé, liberal of money;
    góðr af griðum, merciful;
    12) used absol. with a verb, off away;
    hann bað hann þá róa af fjörðinn, to row the firth off;
    ok er þeir höfðu af fjörðung, when they had covered one forth of the way;
    sofa af nóttina, to sleep the night away.
    * * *
    prep. often used elliptically by dropping the case, or even merely adverbially, [Ulf. af; A. S. and Engl. of, off; Hel. ab; Germ. ab; Gr. άπό; Lat. a, ab.] With dat. denoting a motion a loco; one of the three prepp. af, ór, frá, corresponding to those in locoá, í, við, and ad locumá, í, at. It in general corresponds to the prepp. in locoá, or in locum til, whilst ór answers more to í; but it also frequently corresponds to yfir, um or í. It ranges between ór and frá, generally denoting the idea from the surface of, while ór means from the inner part, and frá from the outer part or border. The motion from a hill, plain, open place is thus denoted by af; by ór that from an enclosed space, depth, cavity, thus af fjalli, but ór of a valley, dale; af Englandi, but ór Danmörk, as mörk implies the notion of a deep wood, forest. The wind blows af landi, but a ship sets sail frá landi; frá landi also means a distance from: af hendi, of a glove, ring; ór hendi, of whatever has been kept in the hand (correl. to á hendi and í hendi). On the other hand af is more general, whilst frá and ór are of a more special character; frá denoting a departure, ór an impulse or force; a member goes home af þingi, whereas ór may denote an inmate of a district, or convey the notion of secession or exclusion from, Eb. 105 new Ed.; the traveller goes af landi, the exile ór landi: taka e-t af e-m is to take a thing out of one’s hand, that of taka frá e-m to remove out of one’s sight, etc. In general af answers to Engl. of, off, ór to out of, and frá to from: the Lat. prepp. ab, de, and ex do not exactly correspond to the Icelandic, yet as a rule ór may answer to ex, af sometimes to ab, sometimes to de. Of, off, from among; with, by; on account of by means of, because of concerning, in respect of.
    A. Loc.
    I. With motion, off, from:
    1. prop. corresp. to á,
    α. konungr dró gullhring af hendi sér (but á hendi), Ld. 32; Höskuldr lætr bera farm af skipi, unload the ship (but bera farm á skip), id.; var tekit af hestum þeirra, they were unsaddled, Nj. 4; Gunnarr hafði farit heiman af bæ sínum, he was away from home, 82; Gunnarr hljóp af hesti sínum, jumped off his horse (but hl. á hest), 83; hlaupa, stökkva af baki, id., 112, 264 ; Gunnarr skýtr til hans af boganum, from the bow, where af has a slight notion of instrumentality, 96; flýja af fundinum, to fly from off the battle-field, 102; ríða af Þríhyrningshálsum, 206; út af Langaholti, Eg. 744 ; sunnan ór Danmörk ok af Saxlandi, 560; ganga af mótinu, to go from the meeting, Fms. vii. 130; af þeirra fundi reis María upp ok fór, 625. 85 ; Flosi kastaði af ser skikkjunni, threw his cloak off him (but kasta á sik),Nj. 176; taka Hrungnis fót af honum, of a load, burden, Edda 58; land þat er hann fiskði af, from which he set off to fish, Grág. i. 151, is irregular, frá would suit better; slíta af baki e-s, from off one’s back, ii. 9 ; bera af borði, to clear the table, Nj. 75.
    β. where it more nearly answers to í; þeir koma af hafi, of sailors coming in (but leggja í haf), Nj. 128 ; fara til Noregs af Orkneyjum (but í or til O.), 131; þeim Agli fórst vel ok komu af hafi i Borgarfjörð, Eg. 392 ; hann var útlagi ( outlawed) af Noregi, where ór would be more regular, 344; af Islandi, of a traveller, Fms. x. 3; búa her af báðum ríkjunum, to take a levy from, 51; hinir beztu bændr ór Norðlendingafjórðungi ok af Sunnlendingafjórðungi, the most eminent Southerners and Northerners, 113; Gizzurr gékk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from south-west, Sturl. ii. 219; prestar af hvárutveggja biskupsdæmi, from either diocess, Dipl. ii. 11; verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world, 623. 21; gruflar hon af læknum, scrambles out of the brook, Ísl. ii. 340; Egill kneyfði af horninu í einum drykk, drained off the horn at one draught, literally squeezed every drop out of it, Eg. 557; brottuaf herbúðunurn, Fms. x. 343.
    γ. of things more or less surrounding the subject, corresp. to yfir or um; láta þeir þegar af sér tjöldin, break off, take down the tents in preparing for battle, Eg. 261; kyrtillinn rifnaði af honum, his coat burst, caused by the swollen body, 602; hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he untied his shoes (but binda á sik), 716; Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off, of one clinging to one’s body, 747; tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms, Fms. vii. 39. Of putting off clothes; fara af kápu, Nj. 143; far þú eigi af brynjunni, Bs. i. 541; þá ætlaði Sigurðr at fara af brynjunni, id.; þá var Skarphéðinn flettr af klæðunum, Nj. 209: now more usually fara or klæðum, fötum, exuere, to undress.
    δ. connected with út; föstudaginn for út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town, Nj. 274; ganga út af kirkjunni, to go out of the church, now út úr, Fms. vii. 107: drekki hann af þeirri jörðunni, of something impregnated with the earth, Laekn. 402.
    ε. more closely corresponding to frá, being in such cases a Latinism (now frá); bréf af páfa, a pope’s bull, Fms. x. 6; rit af hánum, letter from him, 623. 52; bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus, Bs. i. 712; farið þér á brautu af mér í eilífan eld, Hom. 143; brott af drottins augliti, Stj. 43.
    ζ. denoting an uninterrupted continuity, in such phrases as land aflandi, from land to land, Eg. 343, Fas. ii. 539; skip af skipl. from ship to ship, Fms. v. 10; brann hvat af öðru, one after another, of an increasing fire, destroying everything, i. 128; brandr af brandi brenn, funi kveykist af funa, one from another, Hm. 56; hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession, also hverr at öðrum, Eb. 272, 280 (where at in both passages).
    2. metaph., at ganga af e-m dauðum, to go from, leave one dead on the spot, of two combatants; en hann segiz bani hins ef hann gekk af dauðum manni, Grág. ii. 88, Hkr. 1. 327; undr þykir mér er bróðir þinn vildi eigi taka af þér starf þetta, would not take this toil from thee, Nj. 77; þegnar hans glöddust af honum, were fain of him, Fms. x. 380; at koma þeim manni af sér er settr var á fé hans, to get rid of, Ld. 52; vil ek þú vinriir af þér skuldina, work off the debt, Njarð. 366; reka af sér, to repel, Sturl. ii. 219; hann á þá sonu er aldri munu af oss ganga, who will never leave us, whom we shall never get rid of, Fas. i. 280; leysa e-n af e-u, to relieve, 64; taka e-n af lífi, to kill, Eg. 48, 416, Nj. 126; af lífdögum, Fms. vii. 204; ek mun ná lögum af því máli, get the benefit of the law in this case, Eg. 468; muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand, 414; rísa af dauða, to rise from death, Fms. ii. 142; guð bætti honum þó af þessi sótt, healed him of this sickness, ix. 390; vakna af sýn, draumi, svefni, to awaken from a vision, dream, sleep, 655 xxxii. I, Gísl. 24, Eb. 192, Fas. i. 41. Rather with the notion out of, in the phrase af sér etc., e. g. sýna e-t af scr, to shew, exhibit a disposition for or against, Ld. 18; gera mikit af sér, to shew great prowess, Ísl. ii. 368; éf þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, unless you make more of thyself, Edda 32; Svipdagr hafði mikit af sér gert, fought bravely, Fas. i. 41; góðr (illr) af sér, good ( bad) of oneself, by nature; mikill af sjálfum sér, proud, bold, stout, Nj. 15; ágætastr maðr af sjálfum sér, the greatest hero, Bret.: góðr af ser, excellent, Hrafn. 7; but, on the contrary, af sér kominn, ruinous, in decay; this phrase is used of old houses or buildings, as in Bs. i. 488 = Sturl. l. c.; af sér kominn af mæði can also be said of a man fallen off from what he used to be; kominn af fotum fram, off his legs from age, Sturl. i. 223, Korm. 154 (in a verse).
    II. WITHOUT MOTION:
    1. denoting direction from, but at the same time continuous connection with an object from which an act or thing proceeds, from; tengja skip hvárt fram af stafni annars, to tie the ships in a line, stem to stern, Fms. i. 157, xi. 111; svá at þeir tóku út af borðum, jutted out of the boards, of rafters or poles, iv. 49; stjarna ok af sem skaft, of a comet, ix. 482; lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse, Grág. ii. 264; hon svarar af sínu sæti sem álpt af baru, Fás. i. 186; þar er sjá mátti utau af firði, af þjóðleið, that might be seen from the fareway on the sea when sailing in the firth, Hkr. ii. 64; þá mun hringt af (better at) Burakirkju, of bells rung at the church, Fms. xi. 160; gengr þar af Meðalfellsströnd, projects from, juts out, of a promontory, Ld. 10.
    2. denoting direction alone; upp af víkinni stóð borg mikil, a burg inland from the inlet, Eg. 161; lokrekkja innar af seti, a shut bed inward from the benches in the hall, Ísl. ii. 262; kapella upp af konungs herbergjum, upwards from, Fms. x. 153; vindr stóð af landi, the wind stood off the land, Bárð. 166.
    β. metaph., stauda af e-u, vide VI. 4.
    γ. ellipt., hallaði af norðr, of the channel, north of a spot, Boll. 348; also, austr af, suðr af, vestr af, etc.
    3. denoting absence; þingheyendr skulu eigi vera um nótt af þingi ( away from the meeting), eðr lengr, þá eru þeir af þingi ( away from (be meeting) ef þeir eru or ( out of) þingmarki, Grág. i. 25; vera um nótt af várþingi, 115; meðan hann er af landi héðan, abroad, 150.
    β. metaph., gud hvíldi af öllum verkum sínum á sjaunda degi, rested from his labours, Ver. 3.
    4. denoting distance; þat er komit af þjóðleið, out of the high road, remote, Eg. 369; af þjóðbraut, Grág. ii. 264, i. 15; Otradalr (a farm) var mjök af vegi, far out of the way, Háv. 53.
    B. TEMP, past, from, out of, beyond:
    1. of a person’s age, in the sense of having past a period of life; af ómaga aldri, of age, able to support oneself, Grág. i. 243; af aeskualdri, stricken in years, having past the prime of life, Eg. 202; lítið af barnsaldri, still a child, Ld. 74; ek em nú af léttasia skeiði, no longer in the prime of life, Háv. 40.
    2. of a part or period of time, past; eigi síðar en nótt er af þingi, a night of the session past, Grág. i. 101; þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, seven weeks past of the summer, 182; tíu vikur af sumri, Íb. 10; var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past, Háv. 41; mikið af vetri, much of the winter was past, Fas. ii. 186; þriðjungr af nótt, a third of the night past, Fms. x. 160; stund af degi, etc.; tveir mánoðr af sumri, Gþl. 103.
    3. in adverbial phrases such as, af stundu, soon; af bragði, at once; af tómi, at leisure, at ease; af nýju, again; af skyndingu, speedily; af bráðungu, in a hurry, etc.
    C. In various other relations:
    I. denoting the passage or transition of an object, concrete or abstract, of, from.
    1. where a thing is received, derived from, conferred by a person or object; þiggja lið af e-m, to derive help from, Edda 26; taka traust af e-m, to receive support, comfort from, Fms. xi. 243; taka mála af e-m, to be in one’s pay, of a soldier, Eg. 266; halda land af e-m, to hold land of any one, 282; verða viss af e-m, to get information from, 57, Nj. 130; taka við sök af manni (a law term), to undertake a case, suit, Grág. i. 142; hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy, ii. 374; vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of, Vd. 88 (old Ed., the new reads frá), Fs. 45; afla matar af eyjum, to derive supplies from, Eb. 12.
    2. where an object is taken by force:
    α. prop. out of a person’s hand; þú skalt hnykkja smíðit af honum, wrest it out of his hand, Nj. 32; cp. taka, þrífa, svipta e-u (e-t) af e-m, to wrest from.
    β. metaph. of a person’s deprival of anything in general; hann tók af þér konuna, carried thy wife off, Nj. 33; tók Gunnarr af þér sáðland þitt, robbed thee of seedland, 103; taka af honum tignina, to depose, degrade him, Eg. 271; vinna e-t af e-m, to carry off by force of arms, conquer, Fms. iii. 29; drepa menn af e-m, for one, slay one’s man, Eg. 417; fell þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s people fell there, 261.
    γ. in such phrases as, hyggja af e-u (v. afhuga), hugsa af e-u, to forget; hyggja af harmi; sjá af e-u, to lose, miss; var svá ástúðigt með þeim, at livargi þóttist mega af öðrum sjá, neither of them could take his eyes off the other, Sturl. i. 194; svá er mörg við ver sinn vær, at varla um sér hon af hoiuun nær, Skálda 163.
    3. denoting forfeiture; þá eru þeir útlagir, ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their priesthood, Grág. i. 24; telja hann af ráðunum fjár síns alls, to oust one, on account of idiocy or madness, 176; verða af kaupi, to be off the bargain, Edda 26; þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim, Nj. 15; ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to forfeit, a case of divorce, id.; ella er hann af rettarfari um hana, has forfeited the suit, Grág. i. 381.
    β. ellipt., af ferr eindagi ef, is forfeited, Grág. i. 140.
    II. denoting relation of a part to a whole, off, of, Lat. de; höggva hönd, höfuð, fót af e-um, to cut one’s hand, head, foot off, Nj. 97, 92, Bs. i. 674; höggva spjót af skapti, to sever the blade from the shaft, 264; hann lét þá ekki hafa af föðurarfi sínum, nothing of their patrimony, Eg. 25; vil ek at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, take what you like of the stores, Nj. 4; at þú eignist slíkt af fé okkru sem þú vili, 94.
    β. ellipt., en nú höfum vér kjörit, en þat er af krossinum, a slice of, Fms. vii. 89; Þórðr gaf Skólm frænda sínum af landnámi sínu, a part of, Landn. 211; hafði hann þat af hans eigu er hann vildi, Sturl. ii. 169; þar lá forkr einn ok brotið af endanum, the point broken off, Háv. 24, Sturl. i. 169.
    γ. absol. off; beit hann höndina af, þar sem nú heitir úlfliðr, bit the hand off, Edda 17; fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off, Nj. 97; jafnt er sem þér synist, af er fótrinn, the foot is off, id.; af bæði eyru, both ears off, Vm. 29.
    2. with the notion ofamong; mestr skörungr af konum á Norðrlöndum, the greatest heroine in the North, Fms. i. 116; hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum í Austfjörðum, the most hopeful of youths in the Eastfirths, Njarð. 364; af ( among) öllurn hirðmönnuni virði konungr mest skáld sín, Eg. 27; ef hann vildi nokkura kaupa af þessum konum, Ld. 30; ör liggr þar útiá vegginum, ok er sú af þeirra örum, one of their own arrows, Nj. 115.
    β. from, among, belonging to; guð kaus hana af ollum konum sér til móður, of the Virgin Mary, Mar. A. i. 27.
    γ. metaph., kunna mikit (lítið) af e-u, to know much, little of, Bragi kann mest af skáldskap, is more cunning of poetry than any one else, Edda 17.
    δ. absol. out of, before, in preference to all others; Gunnarr bauð þér góð boð, en þú vildir eingi af taka, you would choose none of them, Nj. 77; ráða e-t af, to decide; þó mun faðir minn mestu af ráða, all depends upon him, Ld. 22; konungr kveðst því mundu heldr af trúa, preferred believing that of the two, Eg. 55; var honum ekki vildara af ván, he could expect nothing better, 364.
    3. with the additional sense of instrumentality, with; ferma skip af e-u, to freight a ship with, Eg. 364; hlaða mörg skip af korni, load many ships with corn, Fms. xi. 8; klyfja tvá hesta af mat, Nj. 74; var vágrinn skipaðr af herskipum, the bay was covered with war ships, 124; fylla ker af glóðum, fill it with embers, Stj. 319; fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring, Ver. 3.
    III. denoting the substance of which a thing is made, of; used indifferently with ór, though ór be more frequent; þeir gerðu af honum jörðina, af blóði hans sæinn ok vötnin, of the creation of the world from the corpse of the giant Ymir; the poem Gm. 40, 41, constantly uses ór in this sense, just as in modern Icelandic, Edda 5; svá skildu þeir, at allir hlutir væri smíðaðir af nokkru efni, 147 (pref.); húsit var gert af timbrstokkum, built of trunks of timber, Eg. 233; hjöhin vóru af gulli, of gold, golden, Fms. i. 17; af osti, of cheese, but in the verse 1. c. ór osti, Fms. vi. 253; línklæði af lérepti, linen, Sks. 287.
    2. metaph. in the phrases, göra e-t af e-n ( to dispose of), verða af ( become of), hvat hefir þú gört af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar? Njarð. 376; hvat af motrinuni er orðit, what has become of it? of a lost thing, Ld. 208; hverfr Óspakr á burt, svá eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him? Band. 5.
    IV. denoting parentage, descent, origin, domicile, abode:
    1. parentage, of, from, used indifferently with frá; ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, descend from them, but a little below—frá honum eru konmir Sturlungar, Eb. 338, cp. afkvæmi; af ætt Hörðakára, Fms. i. 287; kominn af Trojumönnum, xi. 416; af Ása-ætt (Kb. wrongly at), Edda I.
    β. metaph., vera af Guði (theol.), of God, = righteous, 686 B. 9; illr ávöxtr af íllri rót, Fms. ii. 48; Asia er kölluð af nafni nokkurar konu, derives her name from, Stj. 67; af honum er bragr kallaðr skáldskapr, called after his name, Edda 17.
    2. of domicile; af danskri tungu, of Danish or Scandinavian origin, speaking the Danish tongue, Grág. ii. 73; hvaðan af löndum, whence, native of what country? Ísl.
    β. especially denoting a man’s abode, and answering to á and í, the name of the farm (or country) being added to proper names, (as in Scotland,) to distinguish persons of the same name; Hallr af Síðu, Nj. 189; Erlingr af Straumey, 273; Ástríðr af Djúpárbakka, 39; Gunnarr af Hlíðarenda (more usual frá); þorir haklangr konungr af Ögðum, king of Agdir, Eg. 35, etc.; cp. ór and frá.
    V. denoting a person with whom an act, feeling, etc. originates, for the most part with a periphrastic passive:
    1. by, the Old Engl. of; as, ek em sendr hingað af Starkaði ok sonum hans, sent hither by, Nj. 94; inna e-t af hendi, to perform, 257; þó at alþýða væri skírð af kennimönnum, baptized of, Fms. ii. 158; meira virðr af mönnum, higher esteemed, Ld. 158; ástsæll af landsmönnum, beloved, íb. 16; vinsæll af mönnum, Nj. 102; í allgóðu yfirlæti af þeim feðgum, hospitably treated by them, Eg. 170; var þá nokkut drukkið af alþjóð, there was somewhat hard drinking of the people, Sturl. iii. 229; mun þat ekki upp tekið af þeim sükudólgum mínum, they will not clutch at that, Nj. 257; ef svá væri í hendr þér búit af mér, if í had so made everything ready to thy hands, Ld. 130; þá varð fárætt um af föður hans, his father said little about it, Fms. ii. 154.
    2. it is now also sometimes used as a periphrase of a nom., e. g. ritað, þýtt af e-m, written, translated, edited by, but such phrases scarcely occur in old writers.
    VI. denoting cause, ground, reason:
    1. originating from, on account of, by reason of; af frændsemis sökum, for kinship’s sake, Grág. ii. 72; ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds, 27; af manna völdum, by violence, not by natural accident, of a crime, Nj. 76; af fortölum Halls, through his pleading, 255; af ástsæld hans ok af tölum þeirra Sæmundar, by his popularity and the eloquence of S., Íb. 16; af ráðum Haralds konungs, by his contriving, Landn. 157; úbygðr af frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold, Hkr. i. 5.
    β. adverbially, af því, therefore, Nj. 78; af hví, why? 686 B. 9; þá verðr bóndi heiðinn af barni sínu, viz. if he does not cause his child to be christened, K. Þ. K. 20.
    2. denoting instrumentality, by means of; af sinu fé, by one’s own means, Grág. i. 293; framfæra e-n af verkum sinum, by means of one’s own labour, K. Þ. K. 142; draga saman auð af sökum, ok vælum ok kaupum, make money by, 623. I; af sínum kostnaði, at hi s own expense, Hkr. i. 217.
    β. absol., hún fellir á mik dropa svá heita at ek brenn af öll, Ld. 328; hann fékk af hina mestu sæmd, derived great honotur from it, Nj. 88; elli sótti á hendr honum svá at hann lagðist í rekkju af, he grew bedridden from age, Ld. 54; komast undan af hlaupi, escape by running, Fms. viii. 58; spinna garn af rokki, spin off a wheel (now, spinna á rokk), from a notion of instrumentality, or because of the thread being spun out (?), Eb. 92.
    3. denoting proceeding, originating from; lýsti af höndum hennar, her hands spread beams of light, Edda 22; allir heimar lýstust ( were illuminated) af henni, id.; en er lýsti af degi, when the day broke forth, Fms. ii. 16; lítt var lýst af degi, the day was just beginning to break, Ld. 46; þá tók at myrkja af nótt, the ‘mirk-time’ of night began to set in, Eg. 230; tók þá brátt at myrkva af nótt, the night grew dark, Hkr. ii. 230.
    4. metaph., standa, leiða, hljótast af, to be caused by, result from; opt hlýtst íllt af kvenna hjali, great mischief is wrought by women’s gossip (a proverb), Gísl. 15, 98; at af þeim mundi mikit mein ok úhapp standa, be caused by, Edda 18; kenna kulda af ráðum e-s, to feel sore from, Eb. 42; þó mun her hljótast af margs manns bani, Nj, 90.
    5. in adverbial phrases, denoting state of mind; af mikilli æði, in fury, Nj. 116; af móð, in great emotion, Fms. xi. 221; af áhyggju, with concern, i. 186; af létta, frankly, iii. 91; af viti, collectedly, Grág. ii. 27; af heilu, sincerely, Eg. 46; áf fári, in rage; af æðru, timidly, Nj. (in a verse); af setning, composedly, in tune, Fms. iii. 187; af mikilli frægð, gallantly, Fas. i. 261; af öllu afli, with all might, Grág. ii. 41; af riki, violently, Fbr. (in a verse); af trúnaði, confidently, Grág. i. 400.
    VII. denoting regard to, of, concerning, in respect of, as regards:
    1. with verbs, denoting to tell of, be informed, inquire about, Lat. de; Dioscorides segir af grasi því, speaks of, 655 xxx. 5; er menn spurðu af landinu, inquired about it, Landn. 30; halda njósn af e-u, Nj. 104; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, Eg. 546, Band. 8.
    β. absol., hann mun spyrja, hvárt þér sé nokkut af kunnigt hversu for með okkr, whether you know anything about, how, Nj. 33; halda skóla af, to hold a school in a science, 656 A. i. 19 (sounds like a Latinism); en ek gerða þik sera mestan mann af öllu, in respect of all, that you should get all the honour of it, Nj. 78.
    2. with adjectives such as mildr, illr, góðrafe-u, denoting disposition or character in respect to; alira manna mildastr af fo, very liberal, often-banded, Fms. vii. 197; mildr af gulli, i. 33; góðr af griðum, merciful, Al. 33; íllr af mat en mildr af gulli, Fms. i. 53; fastr af drykk, close, stingy in regard to, Sturl. ii. 125; gat þess Hildigunnr at þú mundir góðr af hestinum, that you would be good about the horse, Nj. 90, cp. auðigr at, v. at, which corresponds to the above phrases; cp. also the phrase af sér above, p. 4, col. I, ll. 50 sqq.
    VIII. periphrasis of a genitive (rare); provincialis af öllum Predikaraklaustrum, Fms. x. 76; vera af hinum mesta fjandskap, to breathe deep hatred to, be on bad terms with, ix. 220; af hendi, af hálfu e-s, on one’s behalf, v. those words.
    IX. in adverbial phrases; as, af launungu, secretly; af hljóði, silently; v. those words.
    β. also used absolutely with a verb, almost adverbially, nearly in the signification off, away; hann bað þá róa af fjörðinn, pass the firth swiftly by rowing, row the firth off, Fms. ix. 502; var pá af farit þat seni skerjóttast var, was past, sailed past, Ld. 142; ok er þeir höfðu af fjórðung, past one fourth of the way, Dropl. 10: skína af, to clear up, of the skv, Eb. 152; hence in common language, skína af sér, when the sun breaks forth: sofa af nóttina, to sleep it away, Fms. ii. 98; leið af nóttin, the night past away, Nj. 53; dvelja af stundir, to kill the time, Band. 8; drepa af, to kill; láta af, to slaughter, kill off;
    γ. in exclamations; af tjöldin, off with the awnings, Bs. i. 420, Fins, ix. 49.
    δ. in the phrases, þar af, thence; hér af, hence, Fms. ii. 102; af fram, straight on, Nj. 144; now, á fram, on, advance.
    X. it often refers to a whole sentence or to an adverb, not only like other prepp. to hér, hvar, þar, but also redundantly to hvaðan, héðan, þaðan, whence, hence, thence.
    2. the preposition may sometimes be repeated, once elliptically or adverbially, and once properly, e. g. en er af var borit at borðinu, the cloth was taken off from the table, Nj. 176; Guð þerrir af (off, away) hvert tár af ( from) augum heilagra manna, God wipes off every tear from the eyes of his saints, 655 xx. vii. 17; skal þó fyrst bætr af lúka af fé vegaiula, pay off, from, Gþl. 160, the last af may be omitted—var þá af borið borðinu—and the prep. thus be separated from its case, or it may refer to some of the indecl. relatives er or sem, the prep. hvar, hér, þar being placed behind them without a case, and referring to the preceding relative, e. g. oss er þar mikit af sagt auð þeim, we have been told much about these riches, Band. 24; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, in short, shortly. Eg. 546; þaðan af veit ek, thence í infer, know, Fms. i. 97.
    XI. it is moreover connected with a great many verbs besides those mentioned above, e. g. bera af, to excel, whence afbragð, afbrigði; draga af, to detract, deduct, hence afdráttr; veita ekki af, to be hard with; ganga at, to be left, hence afgangr; standast af um e-t, to stand, how matters stand; sem af tekr, at a furious rate; vita af, to be conscious, know about (vide VII).
    D. As a prefix to compounds distinction is to be made between:
    I. af privativum, denoting diminution, want, deduction, loss, separation, negation of, etc., answering indifferently to Lat. ab-, de-, ex-, dis-, and rarely to re- and se-, v. the following COMPDS, such as segja, dicere, but afsegja, negare; rækja, colere, but afrækja, negligere; aflaga, contra legem; skapligr, normalis, afskapligr, deformis; afvik, recessus; afhús, afhellir, afdalr, etc.
    II. af intensivum, etymologically different, and akin to of, afr-, e. g. afdrykkja = ofdrykkja, inebrietas; afbrýði, jealously; afbendi, tenesmus; afglapi, vir fatuus, etc. etc. Both the privative and the intensive af may be contracted into á, esp. before a labial f, m, v, e. g. á fram = af fram; ábrýði = afbrýði; ávöxtr = afvöxtr; áburðr = afburðr; ávíta = afvíta (?). In some cases dubious. With extenuated and changed vowel; auvirðiligr or övirðiligr, depreciated, = afv- etc., v. those words.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AF

  • 36 idea

    f.
    1 idea (concepto, ocurrencia).
    buena/mala idea good/bad idea
    hacerse una idea de algo to get an idea of something
    hacerse a la idea de que to get used to the idea that
    no tengo ni idea (de) I don't have a clue (about)
    tener idea de cómo hacer algo to know how to do something
    tener una ligera idea to have a vague idea
    idea brillante brilliant idea, brainwave
    idea fija obsession
    ser una persona de ideas fijas to be a person of fixed ideas
    2 intention.
    con la idea de with the idea o intention of
    tener idea de hacer algo to intend to do something
    a mala idea maliciously
    3 impression.
    cambiar de idea to change one's mind
    pres.indicat.
    3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) present indicative of spanish verb: idear.
    * * *
    1 idea
    2 (noción) notion
    3 (ingenio) imagination
    \
    cambiar de idea to change one's mind
    darle ideas a alguien to put ideas in somebody's head
    hacer algo a mala idea to do something on purpose, do something deliberately
    hacerse a la idea de algo to get used to the idea of something, accept something
    llevar idea de to intend to, have the intention of
    ¡ni idea! no idea!, not a clue!
    no te puedes hacer una idea you have no idea
    no tener ni idea familiar to have no idea, not have a clue
    ser de ideas fijas to be narrow-minded, have very fixed ideas
    tener ideas de bombero to have funny ideas, have madcap ideas
    tener mala idea familiar to be a nasty piece of work
    idea fija fixed idea
    ligera idea vague idea
    mala idea evil intention
    * * *
    noun f.
    1) idea
    * * *
    SF
    1) (=concepto) idea

    tenía una idea falsa de mí — he had a false impression of me, he had the wrong idea about me

    formarse una idea de algo — to form an impression of sth

    hacerse una idea de algo — to get an idea of sth

    hacerse una idea equivocada de algn — to get a false impression of sb, get the wrong idea about sb

    preconcebido
    2) (=sugerencia) idea

    ¡qué idea! ¿por qué no vamos a Marruecos? — I've got an idea! why don't we go to Morocco?

    idea brillante, idea genial — brilliant idea, brainwave

    3) (=intención) idea, intention

    mi idea era salir temprano — I had intended to leave early, my idea o intention was to leave early

    cambiar de idea — to change one's mind

    idea fijafixed idea

    salió del país con una idea fija: no volver nunca — he left the country with one fixed idea: never to return

    ir con la idea de hacer algo — to mean to do sth

    no iba nunca con la idea de perjudicar a nadie — it was never his intention to harm anybody, he never meant to harm anybody

    tiene muy mala idea — his intentions are not good, he's a nasty piece of work *

    metérsele una idea en la cabeza a algn, cuando se le mete una idea en la cabeza no hay quien se la saque — once he gets an idea into his head no one can talk him out of it

    tener idea de hacer algo — [en el pasado] to mean to do sth; [en el futuro] to be thinking of doing sth

    tenía idea de traerme varias botellas de vodkaI meant o I was meaning to bring some bottles of vodka

    4) (=conocimiento) idea

    -¿a qué hora llega Sara? -no tengo ni idea — "what time is Sara arriving?" - "I've got no idea"

    ¡ni idea! — no idea!

    tener idea de algo — to have an idea of sth

    ¿tienes idea de la hora que es? — do you have any idea of the time?

    ¡no tienes idea de las ganas que tenía de verte! — you have no idea how much I wanted to see you!

    no tener la menor idea — not to have the faintest o the foggiest idea

    pajolero 1), remoto 3)
    5) pl ideas (=opiniones) ideas

    una persona de ideas conservadoras/liberales/radicales — a conservative/liberal/radical-minded person

    * * *
    1)
    a) ( concepto) idea

    la idea de libertadthe idea o concept of freedom

    b) (opinión, ideología) idea
    c) ( noción) idea

    darse idea para algo — (RPl fam) to be good at something

    hacerse (a) la idea de algoto get used to the idea of something

    2)
    a) ( ocurrencia) idea

    no sería buena/mala idea — it wouldn't be a good/bad idea

    idea de bombero — (Esp fam) crazy idea

    b) ( intención) intention, idea
    c) ( sugerencia) idea
    * * *
    = idea, insight, notion, perspective, point, thought, conception, rationality, inkling, perception.
    Ex. Analytical cataloguing is valuable in respect of any type of media, but many of ideas have been tested most thoroughly in the context of monographs and serials.
    Ex. The human indexer works mechanically and rapidly; he should require no insight into the document content.
    Ex. A focus conveys the key or principal notion of a concept.
    Ex. It is easy to see that users and separate pieces of literature may hold different perspectives on one subject.
    Ex. Parts of the abstract are written in the informative style, whilst those points which are of less significance are treated indicatively.
    Ex. Amongst these are numbered: some specific legal and governmental works, such as laws, decrees, treaties; works that record the collective thought of a body, for example, reports of commissions and committees; and various cartographic materials.
    Ex. Different conceptions of what subject indexing means are described.
    Ex. A model of how librarians may actually go about book selection is presented in three ways: rationality; tacit knowledge; and symbolic content.
    Ex. Her experience with many children has shown that often they can repeat sentences and read quite well without any inkling of what they are saying.
    Ex. Nevertheless, citation indexes do seek to link documents according to their content (or at least the perception of their content held by the author of the source work).
    ----
    * acariciar la idea de = toy with + idea of, flirt with + the idea of.
    * aceptar una idea = accept + notion, deal with + concept.
    * aclarar las ideas de Uno = clarify + Posesivo + mind.
    * acoger con ahínco la idea de = seize upon + the idea of.
    * acostumbrarse a una idea = get used to + idea, deal with + concept.
    * adquirir una idea = gain + impression.
    * aferrarse a una idea = hold fast to + idea.
    * aludir a una idea = allude to + idea.
    * aportación de ideas = brainstorming [brain-storming], brainstorm.
    * aportar ideas = contribute + ideas, brainstorm.
    * apoyar la idea = endorse + the idea.
    * apoyar una idea = favour + idea.
    * atraer la idea de = fancy + the idea of.
    * bombardeo de ideas = brainstorming [brain-storming], brainstorm.
    * cambio de idea = change of heart, change of mind.
    * cantera de ideas = hotbed.
    * casarse con una idea = wed to + view.
    * compartir ideas = share + ideas, share + thoughts, bounce off + ideas.
    * compartir ideas con Alguien = bounce + ideas off + Nombre.
    * compartir las ideas = pool + ideas.
    * composición por confrontación de ideas = brain-writing.
    * concebir una idea = conceive + idea.
    * confrontación de ideas = brainstorming [brain-storming], brainstorm.
    * confrontar ideas = brainstorm.
    * con sólo una mínima idea de = with only the sketchiest idea of.
    * contar las ideas a Alguien = run + ideas + past + Pronombre.
    * contrastar ideas = brainstorm.
    * contraste de ideas = brainstorming [brain-storming].
    * contribución de ideas = input of ideas.
    * con una idea muy superficial sobre = with only a sketchy idea of.
    * corroborar una idea = substantiate + point.
    * criticar las ideas de Alguien = trample on + Posesivo + ideas.
    * dar con una idea = hit on/upon + idea.
    * dar ideas = offer + clues.
    * dar la idea = give + the impression that.
    * darle vueltas a la idea = toy with, toy with + idea of.
    * darle vueltas a la idea de = flirt with + the idea of.
    * dar una idea = give + idea, give + glimpse, provide + an understanding.
    * dar una idea de = give + a feel for, give + indication, provide + a glimpse of, give + a flavour of, be indicative of, provide + insight into, give + a picture, give + an insight into, give + an inkling of.
    * dar una idea general = put in + the picture, give + a general picture, paint + a broad picture.
    * debatir una idea = discuss + idea.
    * deducir una idea = draw + idea.
    * defender + Posesivo + idea = support + Posesivo + case.
    * defender una idea = champion + idea.
    * de ideas afines = like-minded.
    * desaprobar una idea = disapprove of + the idea of.
    * desarrollar una idea = amplify + idea.
    * descartar una idea = dismiss + idea, discount + notion.
    * difundir una idea = spread + view, spread + an idea, circulate + Posesivo + idea.
    * discutir una idea = float + concept.
    * echar por tierra una idea = crush + idea.
    * empezar a gustar la idea = warm up to + the idea.
    * entusiasmarse con la idea = warm up to + the idea.
    * erradicar falsas ideas = erase + misconceptions.
    * erradicar una falsa ide = dispel + idea.
    * escaso de ideas = short of ideas.
    * estar a favor de una idea = favour + idea.
    * estar convencido de la idea de que = be committed to the idea that.
    * estar de acuerdo con una idea = subscribe to + idea.
    * expresar ideas = express + thoughts, put over + ideas.
    * extraer una idea = draw + idea.
    * falto de ideas = short of ideas.
    * germen de una idea = germ of an idea.
    * gustar la idea de = fancy + the idea of.
    * hacer hincapié en una idea = hammer + point.
    * hacer prevaler las ideas y valores de uno mismo = assert + own ideas and values.
    * hacer realidad una idea = follow through on/with + Posesivo + idea.
    * hacerse a una idea = deal with + concept.
    * hacerse una idea = form + impression, get + an inkling.
    * hacerse una idea de = catch + glimpse, glean + indication, glean + picture, have + an inkling of.
    * hacerse una idea mejor de = glean + insights.
    * hacer valer una idea = enforce + idea.
    * idea abstracta = abstract idea.
    * idea + aparecer = idea + surface.
    * idea aproximada = rough idea.
    * idea arraigada = ingrained attitude.
    * idea brillante = bright idea.
    * idea buena = cool idea.
    * idea central = focal point.
    * idea clara = clear idea.
    * idea cultural = meme.
    * idea + dar forma = idea + shape.
    * idea de reforma = reform idea.
    * idea estrafalaria = outlandish idea.
    * idea falsa = misconception, misperception, bogus idea, illusion.
    * idea favorita = pet idea.
    * idea + forjar = idea + shape.
    * idea fundamental = keynote.
    * idea general = rough idea.
    * idea genial = brain child [brainchild].
    * idea incoherente = disjointed idea.
    * idea loca = wild thought.
    * idea nueva = fresh idea.
    * idea original = brain child [brainchild].
    * idea pensada a posteriori = afterthought.
    * idea peregrina = outlandish idea.
    * idea preconcebida = preconception.
    * idea principal = drift.
    * idea reciclada = retread [re-tread].
    * ideas = food for thought, strands of thought.
    * idea secundaria = side issue.
    * ideas políticas = politics.
    * ideas principales = significant ideas.
    * idea + surgir = idea + come up.
    * ilustrar una idea = illustrate + point.
    * inspirar ideas = spark off + ideas.
    * intercambiar ideas = compare + notes, exchange + ideas, bounce off + ideas.
    * intercambiar ideas con Alguien = bounce + ideas off + Nombre.
    * intercambio de ideas = exchange of ideas, fertilisation [fertilization, -USA], cross-fertilisation [cross-fertilization, -USA], cross-fertilisation of ideas.
    * la idea que hay detrás de = the idea behind.
    * lanzar una idea = pilot + idea.
    * machacar un idea = squash + idea.
    * mencionar una idea = bring up + idea.
    * ¡ni idea! = beats me!.
    * no captar la idea = miss + the point.
    * no estar de acuerdo con la idea de = disapprove of + the idea of.
    * no pillar la idea = miss + the point.
    * no tener idea = have + no clue, have + no idea.
    * no tener idea de = be clueless about, have + no understanding of.
    * no tener la más mínima idea sobre Algo = Negativo + have + the foggiest idea.
    * no tener ni idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.
    * no tener ni puta idea = not get + Posesivo + shit together.
    * no tener ni puta idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.
    * nueva idea = reform idea.
    * obtener una idea = get + a sense of, gain + a sense of.
    * obtener una idea de = get + a taste of.
    * ocurrirse a Alguien una idea = hit on/upon + idea.
    * ocurrírsele a Alguien una idea = think up + idea.
    * ocurrírsele la idea = come up with + idea.
    * pensar en una idea = think up + idea.
    * perpetuar una idea preconcebida = perpetuate + preconception.
    * plantear una idea = raise + idea.
    * plasmar una idea en la realidad = translate + idea into + reality.
    * poner a prueba una idea = test + idea, pilot + idea.
    * poner en práctica una idea = put + Posesivo + idea + into practice.
    * presentar una idea = make + point, put forward + idea, offer + perspective, present + idea.
    * probar una idea = test + idea.
    * profundizar en una idea = carry + argument + one step further.
    * promover una idea = promote + idea, pioneer + idea.
    * proponer una idea = advance + proposition, advance + idea, put forward + idea.
    * quitar la idea = wipe away + idea.
    * recalcar una idea = hammer + point.
    * rechazar una idea = turn + idea + down.
    * reforzar una idea = reinforce + idea, reinforce + notion, strengthen + the view.
    * refutar una idea = quarrel with + notion.
    * replantearse las ideas = rethink + Posesivo + ideas.
    * representar una idea = dramatise + idea.
    * sacar a colación una idea = bring up + idea.
    * ser la idea central de = be at the core of, be at the heart of.
    * ser partidario de una idea = favour + idea.
    * sin idea = clueless.
    * sin ideas preconcebidas = open mind.
    * sin la menor idea = clueless.
    * sopesar una idea = weigh + idea.
    * sugerir ideas = contribute + ideas, brainstorm.
    * sugerir una idea = advance + proposition, suggest + idea, float + concept.
    * suscribir una idea = subscribe to + idea.
    * tener idea = have + a clue.
    * tener una idea = gain + impression, capture + glimpse, get + a sense of, have + an inkling of, gain + a sense of, have + a clue.
    * tener una idea de = gain + idea of.
    * tormenta de ideas = brainstorming [brain-storming], brainstorm.
    * una idea general = a rough guide.
    * unas cuantas ideas = a rough guide.
    * utilizar las ideas de (Alguien) = draw on/upon + Posesivo + ideas.
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( concepto) idea

    la idea de libertadthe idea o concept of freedom

    b) (opinión, ideología) idea
    c) ( noción) idea

    darse idea para algo — (RPl fam) to be good at something

    hacerse (a) la idea de algoto get used to the idea of something

    2)
    a) ( ocurrencia) idea

    no sería buena/mala idea — it wouldn't be a good/bad idea

    idea de bombero — (Esp fam) crazy idea

    b) ( intención) intention, idea
    c) ( sugerencia) idea
    * * *
    = idea, insight, notion, perspective, point, thought, conception, rationality, inkling, perception.

    Ex: Analytical cataloguing is valuable in respect of any type of media, but many of ideas have been tested most thoroughly in the context of monographs and serials.

    Ex: The human indexer works mechanically and rapidly; he should require no insight into the document content.
    Ex: A focus conveys the key or principal notion of a concept.
    Ex: It is easy to see that users and separate pieces of literature may hold different perspectives on one subject.
    Ex: Parts of the abstract are written in the informative style, whilst those points which are of less significance are treated indicatively.
    Ex: Amongst these are numbered: some specific legal and governmental works, such as laws, decrees, treaties; works that record the collective thought of a body, for example, reports of commissions and committees; and various cartographic materials.
    Ex: Different conceptions of what subject indexing means are described.
    Ex: A model of how librarians may actually go about book selection is presented in three ways: rationality; tacit knowledge; and symbolic content.
    Ex: Her experience with many children has shown that often they can repeat sentences and read quite well without any inkling of what they are saying.
    Ex: Nevertheless, citation indexes do seek to link documents according to their content (or at least the perception of their content held by the author of the source work).
    * acariciar la idea de = toy with + idea of, flirt with + the idea of.
    * aceptar una idea = accept + notion, deal with + concept.
    * aclarar las ideas de Uno = clarify + Posesivo + mind.
    * acoger con ahínco la idea de = seize upon + the idea of.
    * acostumbrarse a una idea = get used to + idea, deal with + concept.
    * adquirir una idea = gain + impression.
    * aferrarse a una idea = hold fast to + idea.
    * aludir a una idea = allude to + idea.
    * aportación de ideas = brainstorming [brain-storming], brainstorm.
    * aportar ideas = contribute + ideas, brainstorm.
    * apoyar la idea = endorse + the idea.
    * apoyar una idea = favour + idea.
    * atraer la idea de = fancy + the idea of.
    * bombardeo de ideas = brainstorming [brain-storming], brainstorm.
    * cambio de idea = change of heart, change of mind.
    * cantera de ideas = hotbed.
    * casarse con una idea = wed to + view.
    * compartir ideas = share + ideas, share + thoughts, bounce off + ideas.
    * compartir ideas con Alguien = bounce + ideas off + Nombre.
    * compartir las ideas = pool + ideas.
    * composición por confrontación de ideas = brain-writing.
    * concebir una idea = conceive + idea.
    * confrontación de ideas = brainstorming [brain-storming], brainstorm.
    * confrontar ideas = brainstorm.
    * con sólo una mínima idea de = with only the sketchiest idea of.
    * contar las ideas a Alguien = run + ideas + past + Pronombre.
    * contrastar ideas = brainstorm.
    * contraste de ideas = brainstorming [brain-storming].
    * contribución de ideas = input of ideas.
    * con una idea muy superficial sobre = with only a sketchy idea of.
    * corroborar una idea = substantiate + point.
    * criticar las ideas de Alguien = trample on + Posesivo + ideas.
    * dar con una idea = hit on/upon + idea.
    * dar ideas = offer + clues.
    * dar la idea = give + the impression that.
    * darle vueltas a la idea = toy with, toy with + idea of.
    * darle vueltas a la idea de = flirt with + the idea of.
    * dar una idea = give + idea, give + glimpse, provide + an understanding.
    * dar una idea de = give + a feel for, give + indication, provide + a glimpse of, give + a flavour of, be indicative of, provide + insight into, give + a picture, give + an insight into, give + an inkling of.
    * dar una idea general = put in + the picture, give + a general picture, paint + a broad picture.
    * debatir una idea = discuss + idea.
    * deducir una idea = draw + idea.
    * defender + Posesivo + idea = support + Posesivo + case.
    * defender una idea = champion + idea.
    * de ideas afines = like-minded.
    * desaprobar una idea = disapprove of + the idea of.
    * desarrollar una idea = amplify + idea.
    * descartar una idea = dismiss + idea, discount + notion.
    * difundir una idea = spread + view, spread + an idea, circulate + Posesivo + idea.
    * discutir una idea = float + concept.
    * echar por tierra una idea = crush + idea.
    * empezar a gustar la idea = warm up to + the idea.
    * entusiasmarse con la idea = warm up to + the idea.
    * erradicar falsas ideas = erase + misconceptions.
    * erradicar una falsa ide = dispel + idea.
    * escaso de ideas = short of ideas.
    * estar a favor de una idea = favour + idea.
    * estar convencido de la idea de que = be committed to the idea that.
    * estar de acuerdo con una idea = subscribe to + idea.
    * expresar ideas = express + thoughts, put over + ideas.
    * extraer una idea = draw + idea.
    * falto de ideas = short of ideas.
    * germen de una idea = germ of an idea.
    * gustar la idea de = fancy + the idea of.
    * hacer hincapié en una idea = hammer + point.
    * hacer prevaler las ideas y valores de uno mismo = assert + own ideas and values.
    * hacer realidad una idea = follow through on/with + Posesivo + idea.
    * hacerse a una idea = deal with + concept.
    * hacerse una idea = form + impression, get + an inkling.
    * hacerse una idea de = catch + glimpse, glean + indication, glean + picture, have + an inkling of.
    * hacerse una idea mejor de = glean + insights.
    * hacer valer una idea = enforce + idea.
    * idea abstracta = abstract idea.
    * idea + aparecer = idea + surface.
    * idea aproximada = rough idea.
    * idea arraigada = ingrained attitude.
    * idea brillante = bright idea.
    * idea buena = cool idea.
    * idea central = focal point.
    * idea clara = clear idea.
    * idea cultural = meme.
    * idea + dar forma = idea + shape.
    * idea de reforma = reform idea.
    * idea estrafalaria = outlandish idea.
    * idea falsa = misconception, misperception, bogus idea, illusion.
    * idea favorita = pet idea.
    * idea + forjar = idea + shape.
    * idea fundamental = keynote.
    * idea general = rough idea.
    * idea genial = brain child [brainchild].
    * idea incoherente = disjointed idea.
    * idea loca = wild thought.
    * idea nueva = fresh idea.
    * idea original = brain child [brainchild].
    * idea pensada a posteriori = afterthought.
    * idea peregrina = outlandish idea.
    * idea preconcebida = preconception.
    * idea principal = drift.
    * idea reciclada = retread [re-tread].
    * ideas = food for thought, strands of thought.
    * idea secundaria = side issue.
    * ideas políticas = politics.
    * ideas principales = significant ideas.
    * idea + surgir = idea + come up.
    * ilustrar una idea = illustrate + point.
    * inspirar ideas = spark off + ideas.
    * intercambiar ideas = compare + notes, exchange + ideas, bounce off + ideas.
    * intercambiar ideas con Alguien = bounce + ideas off + Nombre.
    * intercambio de ideas = exchange of ideas, fertilisation [fertilization, -USA], cross-fertilisation [cross-fertilization, -USA], cross-fertilisation of ideas.
    * la idea que hay detrás de = the idea behind.
    * lanzar una idea = pilot + idea.
    * machacar un idea = squash + idea.
    * mencionar una idea = bring up + idea.
    * ¡ni idea! = beats me!.
    * no captar la idea = miss + the point.
    * no estar de acuerdo con la idea de = disapprove of + the idea of.
    * no pillar la idea = miss + the point.
    * no tener idea = have + no clue, have + no idea.
    * no tener idea de = be clueless about, have + no understanding of.
    * no tener la más mínima idea sobre Algo = Negativo + have + the foggiest idea.
    * no tener ni idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.
    * no tener ni puta idea = not get + Posesivo + shit together.
    * no tener ni puta idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.
    * nueva idea = reform idea.
    * obtener una idea = get + a sense of, gain + a sense of.
    * obtener una idea de = get + a taste of.
    * ocurrirse a Alguien una idea = hit on/upon + idea.
    * ocurrírsele a Alguien una idea = think up + idea.
    * ocurrírsele la idea = come up with + idea.
    * pensar en una idea = think up + idea.
    * perpetuar una idea preconcebida = perpetuate + preconception.
    * plantear una idea = raise + idea.
    * plasmar una idea en la realidad = translate + idea into + reality.
    * poner a prueba una idea = test + idea, pilot + idea.
    * poner en práctica una idea = put + Posesivo + idea + into practice.
    * presentar una idea = make + point, put forward + idea, offer + perspective, present + idea.
    * probar una idea = test + idea.
    * profundizar en una idea = carry + argument + one step further.
    * promover una idea = promote + idea, pioneer + idea.
    * proponer una idea = advance + proposition, advance + idea, put forward + idea.
    * quitar la idea = wipe away + idea.
    * recalcar una idea = hammer + point.
    * rechazar una idea = turn + idea + down.
    * reforzar una idea = reinforce + idea, reinforce + notion, strengthen + the view.
    * refutar una idea = quarrel with + notion.
    * replantearse las ideas = rethink + Posesivo + ideas.
    * representar una idea = dramatise + idea.
    * sacar a colación una idea = bring up + idea.
    * ser la idea central de = be at the core of, be at the heart of.
    * ser partidario de una idea = favour + idea.
    * sin idea = clueless.
    * sin ideas preconcebidas = open mind.
    * sin la menor idea = clueless.
    * sopesar una idea = weigh + idea.
    * sugerir ideas = contribute + ideas, brainstorm.
    * sugerir una idea = advance + proposition, suggest + idea, float + concept.
    * suscribir una idea = subscribe to + idea.
    * tener idea = have + a clue.
    * tener una idea = gain + impression, capture + glimpse, get + a sense of, have + an inkling of, gain + a sense of, have + a clue.
    * tener una idea de = gain + idea of.
    * tormenta de ideas = brainstorming [brain-storming], brainstorm.
    * una idea general = a rough guide.
    * unas cuantas ideas = a rough guide.
    * utilizar las ideas de (Alguien) = draw on/upon + Posesivo + ideas.

    * * *
    A
    1 (concepto) idea
    la idea de libertad the idea o concept of freedom
    la idea de un dios único the idea o notion of a single God
    2 (opinión, ideología) idea
    sus ideas políticas his political beliefs o ideas
    es de ideas bastante conservadoras she has fairly conservative ideas o views
    es un hombre de ideas fijas he has very set ideas about things
    yo no soy de la misma idea I don't agree, I don't share your opinion
    3 (noción) idea
    no tiene idea de cómo funciona he has no idea how it works
    no tenía ni idea de todo esto I had no idea about any of this
    no tengo idea no idea! o I don't have a clue
    no tenía ni la más remota idea or ( Esp fam) ni pajolera idea she didn't have the slightest idea, she didn't have the faintest o foggiest idea ( colloq)
    tenía idea de que ibas a llamar I had a feeling you'd call
    no tienes idea de lo que he sufrido you have no idea how much I've suffered
    para darse or hacerse una idea de la situación to give oneself o to get an idea of the situation
    es difícil hacerse una idea de cómo es si no lo has visto it's hard to imagine what it's like if you haven't seen it
    esto es sólo una idea del proyecto this is just a general idea of the project
    darse idea para algo ( RPl fam); to be good at sth
    se da mucha idea para cocinar she's a very good cook
    hacerse (a) la idea de algo: ya me voy haciendo (a) la idea de vivir allí I am getting used to the idea of living there now
    no se hace (a) la idea de que está muerto she can't accept the fact that he's dead
    B
    se me ocurre or tengo una idea I've got an idea
    ¡qué ideas se te ocurren! you really o sure get some funny ideas! ( colloq)
    ¡tú y tus brillantes ideas! ( iró); you and your brilliant ideas! ( iro)
    se le metió la idea en la cabeza de ir a escalar la montaña she got it into her head to go and climb the mountain
    no sería mala idea hacer las reservas hoy it wouldn't be a bad idea to make the reservations today
    ¡quítate esa idea de la cabeza! you can get that idea out of your head!
    idea de bombero ( Esp fam); crazy idea
    2 (intención) intention, idea
    no fui con esa idea I didn't go with that idea in mind o with that intention
    mi idea era terminarlo hoy my intention was to finish it today, I had intended to finish it today
    cambió de idea y tomó el tren she changed her mind and took the train
    no han abandonado la idea de ir al parque they haven't given up the idea of going to the park
    malo1 (↑ malo (1))
    ideas para el hogar ideas for the home
    escriban sus ideas en un papelito please write your suggestions o ideas on a piece of paper
    Compuesto:
    fixed idea, idée fixe
    C
    ( RPl) (manía): no lo comas con idea stop thinking about it and just eat it
    tenerle idea a algn (CS fam); to have sth against sb ( colloq), to have it in for sb ( colloq)
    tenerle idea a algo ( fam); to have a thing about sth ( colloq)
    * * *

     

    Del verbo idear: ( conjugate idear)

    idea es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente indicativo

    2ª persona singular (tú) imperativo

    Multiple Entries:
    idea    
    idear
    idea sustantivo femenino
    idea;
    la idea de libertad the idea o concept of freedom;

    es de ideas fijas he has very set ideas about things;
    no tiene idea de cómo funciona he has no idea how it works;
    no tengo idea I don't have a clue;
    hacerse una idea de la situación to get an idea of the situation;
    se me ocurre una idea I've got an idea;
    cambió de idea she changed her mind;
    hacerse (a) la idea de algo to get used to the idea of sth
    idea sustantivo femenino
    1 idea
    idea fija, fixed idea
    2 (representación, concepto) idea: la simple idea de volver a verle me pone nervioso, the very thought of seeing him again makes me all jittery
    (noción) idea: para que te hagas una idea..., so that you can get an idea...
    tiene muy poca idea de lo que cuesta, she has very little idea of what it costs
    3 (opinión, juicio) idea, opinion: te lo advierto, ésta no es la idea que yo tengo de la diversión, mind you, that's not my idea of fun
    tiene ideas peligrosas sobre el poder, he has dangerous ideas about power
    cambiar de idea, to change one's mind
    4 (intención) intention
    a mala idea, on purpose
    5 (proyecto, plan, ocurrencia) idea: teme que le roben la idea, she's afraid someone might steal her idea
    vino con la idea de ir a la playa, she came with the idea of going to the beach
    exclamación ¡vaya una idea!, the very idea!
    ♦ Locuciones: hacerse a la idea de, to get used to the idea of
    familiar no tener ni idea, to have no idea o not to have a clue: no tenía ni idea de que hubieras regresado, I had no idea that you were back
    (ser ignorante) no tengo ni (la más remota/puñetera) idea de fútbol, I haven't got a clue about football
    ideas de bombero, absurd ideas
    idear verbo transitivo
    1 (un invento, diseño) to devise, invent
    2 (una teoría, un plan) to think up, conceive

    ' idea' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abandono
    - acariciar
    - acierto
    - acoger
    - acogida
    - advertir
    - aferrarse
    - añadidura
    - anticipo
    - borrosa
    - borroso
    - bosquejar
    - bosquejo
    - buena
    - bueno
    - cabeza
    - cambiar
    - chifladura
    - concepto
    - confusa
    - confuso
    - convencer
    - cosa
    - decir
    - definida
    - definido
    - desechar
    - desterrar
    - dónde
    - exclusión
    - flor
    - formarse
    - fríamente
    - gestarse
    - gustar
    - hacerse
    - hoy
    - impracticable
    - inicialmente
    - intención
    - irse
    - leve
    - luminosa
    - luminoso
    - madurar
    - menor
    - mentalizarse
    - neta
    - neto
    - noción
    English:
    abandon
    - adjust
    - advance
    - afterthought
    - amusement
    - appealing
    - assumption
    - barmy
    - better
    - brainstorm
    - brainwave
    - brilliant
    - bring forward
    - bristle
    - catch
    - catch on
    - change
    - cling
    - clue
    - come up with
    - conception
    - confused
    - convey
    - crazy
    - daft
    - daring
    - dated
    - defunct
    - dismiss
    - distinct
    - downside
    - drift
    - embody
    - embrace
    - face
    - faint
    - fall in with
    - fanciful
    - fasten on to
    - flirt
    - fluid
    - foggy
    - fundamental
    - get across
    - get through
    - hit on
    - hit upon
    - idea
    - idiotic
    - illusion
    * * *
    idea nf
    1. [concepto] idea;
    la idea del bien y del mal the concept of good and evil;
    yo tenía otra idea de Estados Unidos I had a different image of the United States;
    tiene una idea peculiar de lo que es la honradez he has a funny idea of (what's meant by) honesty;
    hazte a la idea de que no va a venir you'd better start accepting that she isn't going to come;
    no conseguía hacerme a la idea de vivir sin ella I couldn't get used to the idea of living without her;
    con lo que me has dicho ya me hago una idea de cómo es la escuela from what you've told me I've got a pretty good idea of what the school is like;
    no me hago una idea de cómo debió ser I can't imagine what it must have been like
    idea fija obsession;
    ser una persona de ideas fijas to be a person of fixed ideas
    2. [ocurrencia] idea;
    una buena/mala idea a good/bad idea;
    ha sido muy buena idea escoger este restaurante it was a very good idea to choose this restaurant;
    se le ve falto de ideas en su última novela he seems short of ideas in his latest novel;
    lo que contaste me dio la idea para el guión what you said to me gave me the idea for the script;
    se me ocurre una idea, podríamos… I know what, we could…;
    ¿a quién se le habrá ocurrido la idea de apagar las luces? can you believe it, somebody's gone and turned the lights out!;
    ¡más vale que te quites esa idea de la cabeza! you can forget that idea!;
    una idea brillante o [m5] luminosa a brilliant idea, a brainwave;
    cuando se le mete una idea en la cabeza… when he gets an idea into his head…;
    Esp
    tener ideas de bombero to have wild o crazy ideas
    3. [conocimiento, nociones] idea;
    la policía no tenía ni idea de quién pudo haber cometido el crimen the police had no idea who could have committed the crime;
    no tengo ni idea I haven't got a clue;
    no tengo ni idea de física I don't know the first thing about physics;
    no tengo (ni) la menor o [m5] la más remota idea I haven't the slightest idea;
    Esp muy Fam
    no tengo ni pajolera idea I haven't the faintest Br bloody o US goddamn idea;
    Vulg
    no tengo ni puta idea I haven't got a fucking clue;
    Fam
    ¡ni idea! [como respuesta] search me!, I haven't got a clue!;
    tener idea de cómo hacer algo to know how to do sth;
    tener una ligera idea to have a vague idea;
    por la forma en que maneja las herramientas se ve que tiene idea from the way she's handling the tools, you can tell she knows what she's doing;
    ¡no tienes idea o [m5] no puedes hacerte una idea de lo duro que fue! you have no idea o you can't imagine how hard it was!
    4. [propósito] intention;
    nuestra idea es volver pronto we intend to o our intention is to return early;
    con la idea de with the idea o intention of;
    tener idea de hacer algo to intend to do sth;
    a mala idea maliciously;
    tener mala idea [ser malintencionado] to be a Br nasty o US real piece of work;
    ¡mira que tienes mala idea! that's really nasty of you!
    5. [opinión] opinion;
    mi idea de ella era totalmente errónea I had completely the wrong impression of her;
    no tengo una idea formada sobre el tema I don't have a clear opinion on the subject;
    cambiar de idea to change one's mind;
    yo soy de la idea de que mujeres y hombres deben tener los mismos derechos I'm of the opinion that men and women should have equal rights;
    somos de la misma idea we agree, we're of the same opinion
    6.
    ideas [ideología] ideas;
    mi padre es de ideas progresistas my father is a progressive o has progressive attitudes;
    fue perseguido por sus ideas he was persecuted for his beliefs o ideas
    7. CSur [manía]
    le tengo idea a su hermana I can't stand her sister;
    le tengo idea a eso that drives me nuts;
    si te vas a poner el vestido con idea, mejor ponete otra cosa if you're not sure about the dress, you'd do better to wear something else
    * * *
    f idea;
    dar (una) idea de algo give an idea of sth;
    hacerse a la idea de que … get used to the idea that …;
    no tener ni idea not have a clue
    * * *
    idea nf
    1) : idea, notion
    2) : opinion, belief
    3) propósito: intention
    * * *
    idea n idea
    ¡qué buena idea! what a good idea!
    no tengo ni idea I have no idea / I haven't got a clue

    Spanish-English dictionary > idea

  • 37 Á

    * * *
    a negative suffix to verbs, not;
    era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.
    * * *
    1.
    á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]
    With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.
    WITH DAT.
    A. Loc.
    I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.
    II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.
    2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).
    3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.
    4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.
    III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).
    B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:
    I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.
    II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.
    III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.
    IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.
    C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:
    I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.
    2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.
    3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.
    II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.
    III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.
    IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’
    2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.
    V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.
    VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.
    VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.
    VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.
    WITH ACC.
    A. Loc.
    I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.
    2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.
    3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.
    II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:
    1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.
    2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.
    III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.
    IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.
    V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.
    VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.
    VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.
    B. TEMP.
    I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.
    II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.
    III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.
    IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.
    V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.
    VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.
    VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.
    C. Metaph. and in various relations:
    I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.
    β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.
    II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:
    1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.
    2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.
    3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.
    β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.
    III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.
    IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:
    1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.
    2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.
    3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.
    V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.
    VI. connected with nouns,
    1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.
    2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.
    3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.
    VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.
    2.
    f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.
    COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Á

  • 38 renvoyer

    renvoyer [ʀɑ̃vwaje]
    ➭ TABLE 8 transitive verb
       a. [+ employé] to dismiss ; [+ membre d'un club] to expel ; [+ élève, étudiant] (définitivement) to expel ; (temporairement) to suspend
       b. ( = faire retourner) to send back ; ( = faire repartir) to send away ; ( = libérer) [+ troupes] to discharge
       c. ( = réexpédier) [+ lettre, colis] to send back
    je te renvoie le compliment ! and the same to you!
       d. ( = relancer) [+ balle] to send back ; (au pied) to kick back ; (à la main) to throw back ; (Tennis) to return (à to)
    ils se renvoient la balle (argument) they come back at each other with the same argument ; (responsabilité) they each refuse to take responsibility
       e. ( = référer) [+ lecteur] to refer (à to)
    cela (nous) renvoie à l'Antiquité/à la notion d'éthique this takes us back to ancient times/to the notion of ethics
       f. [+ lumière, image] to reflect ; [+ son] to echo
    * * *
    ʀɑ̃vwaje
    1) ( relancer) to throw [something] back [projectile, ballon]; ( répercuter) to reflect [lumière, chaleur]; to echo [son]
    2) ( réexpédier) to return [courrier, marchandises]
    3) ( faire retourner) to send [somebody] back [personne]

    renvoyer quelqu'un dans son pays — to send somebody back to his/her own country

    renvoyer quelqu'un chez lui or dans ses foyers — to send somebody home

    renvoyer un projet de loi en commission — to send a bill to committee, to commit a bill US

    4) ( expulser) to expel [élève, immigré, joueur] (de from); to dismiss [employé, ambassadeur] (de from)
    5) ( ajourner) to postpone [débat, décision] (à until); to adjourn [affaire] (à until)
    * * *
    ʀɑ̃vwaje vt
    1) [courrier] to send back

    Je t'ai renvoyé ton courrier. — I've sent your mail back to you.

    2) [employé] to dismiss

    On a renvoyé deux employés. — Two employees have been dismissed.

    3) TENNIS, [balle, service] to return
    4) [lumière] to reflect
    5) [son] to echo
    6)

    renvoyer qch à [événement, réunion] — to postpone sth until, to put sth back to

    renvoyer qch aux calendes grecques — to postpone sth indefinitely, to put sth back indefinitely

    renvoyer qn à [ouvrage, auteur]to refer sb to

    * * *
    renvoyer verb table: envoyer vtr
    1 ( relancer) to throw [sth] back [projectile, ballon]; ( répercuter) to reflect [lumière, chaleur]; to echo [son]; renvoyer une image déformée to reflect a distorted image;
    2 ( réexpédier) to return [courrier, marchandises];
    3 ( faire retourner) to send [sb] back [personne]; renvoyer qn à l'école/à l'hôpital to send sb back to school/to hospital GB ou to the hospital US; renvoyer qn dans son pays to send sb back to his/her own country; renvoyer qn chez lui or dans ses foyers to send sb home; renvoyer qn de bureau en bureau to send sb from one office to another; renvoyer un projet de loi en commission to send a bill to committee, to commit a bill US; renvoyer un patient à un spécialiste to refer a patient to a specialist;
    4 ( expulser) to expel [élève, étudiant, immigré, joueur] (de from); to dismiss [employé, ambassadeur] (de from); se faire renvoyer de son travail to get oneself dismissed from one's job; renvoyer un élève pour trois jours to suspend a pupil (from school) for three days;
    5 ( faire partir) to send [sb] away [personne, hôtes];
    6 Jur renvoyer un accusé to discharge a defendant; renvoyer un accusé devant les assises to send a defendant before the criminal court;
    7 ( ajourner) to postpone [débat, décision] (à until); to adjourn [affaire] (à until); renvoyer un projet sine die to postpone a project indefinitely; ⇒ calendes;
    8 ( faire se reporter) renvoyer à to refer to; l'astérisque renvoie aux notes the asterisk refers to the notes; renvoyer le lecteur à un article/un livre to refer the reader to an article/a book;
    9 ( faire référence) renvoyer à to relate back to; la notion de justice renvoie à la morale the notion of justice relates back to ethics.
    [rɑ̃vwaje] verbe transitif
    1. [colis, formulaire] to send back (separable)
    [cadeau] to return, to give back (separable)
    [importun] to send away (separable)
    [soldat, troupes] to discharge
    2. [lancer de nouveau - ballon] to send back (separable), to return
    j'étais renvoyé de vendeur en vendeur I was being passed ou shunted around from one salesman to the next
    a. FOOTBALL to kick ou to pass the ball back to somebody
    b. RUGBY to throw ou to pass the ball back to somebody
    3. [congédier] to dismiss
    a. [de ton travail] you're going to lose your job
    4. [différer] to postpone, to put off (separable)
    5. [transférer] to refer
    6. [faire se reporter] to refer
    7. [refléter] to reflect
    [répercuter]
    ————————
    dans cette affaire d'évasion, Français et Suisses se renvoient la balle in this escape business, the French and Swiss authorities are trying to make each other carry the can

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > renvoyer

  • 39 tiempo

    m.
    1 time.
    al poco tiempo soon afterward
    a tiempo (de hacer algo) in time (to do something)
    a un tiempo, al mismo tiempo at the same time
    cada cierto tiempo every so often
    con el tiempo in time
    con tiempo with plenty of time to spare, in good time
    dar tiempo al tiempo to give things time
    de un tiempo a esta parte recently, for a while now
    en mis tiempos in my day o time
    estar a tiempo de to have time to
    tener tiempo de to have time to
    fuera de tiempo at the wrong moment
    ganar tiempo to save time
    hace mucho tiempo que no lo veo I haven't seen him for ages
    hacer tiempo to pass the time
    matar o engañar el tiempo to kill time
    perder el tiempo to waste time
    en tiempos de Maricastaña donkey's years ago
    a tiempo parcial part-time
    tiempo de cocción cooking time
    tiempo libre spare time
    tiempo de respuesta response time
    2 long time (periodo largo).
    hace tiempo que it is a long time since
    hace tiempo que no vive aquí he hasn't lived here for some time
    tomarse uno su tiempo to take one's time
    3 age.
    ¿qué tiempo tiene? how old is he?
    4 movement (movimiento).
    motor de cuatro tiempos four-stroke engine
    5 weather (clima).
    hizo buen/mal tiempo the weather was good/bad
    si el tiempo lo permite o no lo impide weather permitting
    hace un tiempo de perros it's a foul day
    poner a o al mal tiempo buena cara to put a brave face on things
    6 half (sport).
    7 tense (grammar).
    tiempo simple/compuesto simple/composite tense
    9 tempo, beat, rhythmic unit, time.
    10 turn, time.
    11 Father Time.
    12 tempus.
    * * *
    1 (gen) time
    2 (época) time, period, age, days plural
    3 METEREOLOGÍA weather
    ¿qué tiempo hace? what's the weather like?
    4 (edad) age
    ¿qué tiempo tiene el niño? how old is your baby?
    5 (temporada) season, time
    6 (momento) moment, time
    7 MÚSICA tempo, movement
    9 GRAMÁTICA tense
    10 TÉCNICA stroke
    \
    a su tiempo / a su debido tiempo in due course
    a través de los tiempos through the ages
    a un tiempo at the same time
    al mismo tiempo at the same time
    al poco tiempo soon afterwards
    antes de tiempo too early, too soon
    con el tiempo in the course of time, with time
    con tiempo in advance
    ¿cuánto tiempo...? how long...?
    ¿cuánto tiempo estuviste allí? how long did you stay there?
    ¿cuánto tiempo llevas aquí en España? how long have you lived in Spain?
    ¿cuánto tiempo hace...? how long ago...?
    ¿cuánto tiempo hace que no vas al cine? how long ago is it since you went to the cinema?
    dar tiempo to give time
    dar tiempo al tiempo figurado to let matters take their course
    dar tiempo a uno de/para to have enough time to
    de tiempo en tiempo from time to time
    de tiempo inmemorial from time immemorial
    de un tiempo a esta parte for some time now
    desde hace tiempo / desde hace mucho tiempo for a long time
    el tiempo corre time goes by, time flies
    el tiempo es oro figurado time is money
    en mis tiempos in my time
    en otro tiempo / en otros tiempos formerly
    estar a tiempo de to still have time to
    fuera de tiempo (de temporada) out of season 2 (inoportunamente) at the wrong moment
    ganar tiempo to save time
    hace tiempo a long time
    hacer buen tiempo / hace mal tiempo the weather is good / the weather is bad
    hacer tiempo / hacer el tiempo to kill time
    matar (el) tiempo / pasar (el) tiempo to kill time
    no hay tiempo que perder there's no time to lose
    perder el tiempo / perder tiempo to waste time
    ¡qué tiempos aquellos! those were the days!
    tiempo atrás some time ago, time ago
    tomarse tiempo to take one's time
    ¡y si no, al tiempo! time will tell!
    tiempo de perros familiar lousy weather
    tiempo libre free time
    tiempos difíciles hard times
    * * *
    noun m.
    1) time
    2) period, epoch, age
    * * *
    SM
    1) [indicando duración] time

    el tiempo pasa y no nos damos ni cuentatime goes by o passes and we don't even realize it

    me llevó bastante tiempo — it took me quite a long time

    ¿ cuánto tiempo se va a quedar? — how long is he staying for?

    ¿cuánto tiempo hace de eso? — how long ago was that?

    ¿cuánto tiempo hace que vives aquí? — how long have you been living here?

    ¡cuánto tiempo sin verte! — I haven't seen you for ages!

    más tiempo, necesito más tiempo para pensármelo — I need more time o longer to think about it

    mucho tiempo, una costumbre que viene de mucho tiempo atrás — a long-standing custom

    al poco tiempo de — soon after

    se acostumbró a la idea en muy poco tiempo — she soon got used to the idea, it didn't take her long to get used to the idea

    tiempo de exposición — (Fot) exposure time

    tiempo libre — spare time, free time

    2) [otras locuciones]

    a tiempo — in time

    cada cierto tiempo — every so often

    a tiempo completofull-time

    con tiempo, llegamos con tiempo de darnos un paseo — we arrived in time to have a walk

    con el tiempo — eventually

    dar tiempo, no da tiempo a terminarlo — there isn't enough time to finish it

    ¿crees que te dará tiempo? — do you think you'll have (enough) time?

    fuera de tiempo — at the wrong time

    ganar tiempo — to save time

    hacer tiempo — to while away the time

    matar el tiempo — to kill time

    a tiempo parcialpart-time

    de un o algún tiempo a esta partefor some time (past)

    pasar el tiempo — to pass time

    perder el tiempo — to waste time

    ¡rápido, no perdamos (el) tiempo! — quick, there's no time to lose!

    sacar tiempo para hacer algo — to find the time to do sth

    tener tiempo para algo — to have time for sth

    - con el tiempo y una caña hasta las verdes caen
    3) (=momento) time

    al mismo tiempo, a un tiempo — at the same time

    llegamos antes de tiempo — we arrived early

    ha nacido antes de tiempo — he was born prematurely, he was premature

    a su debido tiempo — in due course

    4) (=época) time

    en los últimos tiempos — recently, lately, in recent times

    en tiempos de Maricastaña —

    va vestida como en tiempos de Maricastaña — her clothes went out with the ark, her clothes are really old-fashioned

    5) (=edad) age

    ¿cuánto o qué tiempo tiene el niño? — how old is the baby?

    6) (Dep) half

    tiempo muerto — (lit) time-out; (fig) breather

    7) (Mús) [de compás] tempo, time; [de sinfonía] movement
    8) (Ling) tense
    9) (Meteo) weather

    ¿qué tiempo hace ahí? — what's the weather like there?

    del tiempo, ¿quiere el agua fría o del tiempo? — would you like the water chilled or at room temperature?

    mapa, hombre
    10) (Inform) time
    11) (Industria) time

    tiempo de paro, tiempo inactivo — downtime

    12) (Náut) stormy weather
    13) (Mec) cycle
    * * *
    1) ( que transcurre) time

    cómo pasa el tiempo!/el tiempo vuela! — how time flies!

    el tiempo apremia — time is short, time is of the essence (frml)

    para ganar tiempo(in order) to gain time

    2)
    a) (duración, porción de tiempo) time

    ¿cuánto tiempo hace que no lo ves? — how long is it since you last saw him?

    ¿cada cuánto tiempo? — how often?

    un or algún tiempo atrás — some time ago o back

    a tiempo completo/parcial — full time/part time

    b) (período disponible, tiempo suficiente) time

    tengo todo el tiempo del mundoI've got all the time in the world

    c) (Dep) ( marca) time
    d) ( de bebé)

    ¿cuánto tiempo tiene? — how old is he?

    al mismo tiempo or a un tiempo — at the same time

    con (el) tiempo y una caña... — everything in good time

    hacer tiempo — to while away the time; (Dep) to play for time

    matar el tiempo — (fam) to kill time

    robarle tiempo al sueñoto burn the candle at both ends

    4)
    a) ( época)

    en aquellos tiempos — at that time, in those days

    en los tiempos que corren — these days, nowadays

    b) ( temporada) season
    c) (momento propio, oportuno)
    5) (Dep) ( en partido) half

    primer/segundo tiempo — first/second half

    6) (Mús) ( compás) tempo, time; ( de sinfonía) movement
    7) (Ling) tense
    8) (Meteo) weather

    hace buen/mal tiempo — the weather's good/bad

    ¿qué tal el tiempo por ahí? — what's the weather like over there?

    del or (Méx) al tiempo — at room temperature

    a mal tiempo, buena cara — I/you/we may as well look on the bright side

    * * *
    1) ( que transcurre) time

    cómo pasa el tiempo!/el tiempo vuela! — how time flies!

    el tiempo apremia — time is short, time is of the essence (frml)

    para ganar tiempo(in order) to gain time

    2)
    a) (duración, porción de tiempo) time

    ¿cuánto tiempo hace que no lo ves? — how long is it since you last saw him?

    ¿cada cuánto tiempo? — how often?

    un or algún tiempo atrás — some time ago o back

    a tiempo completo/parcial — full time/part time

    b) (período disponible, tiempo suficiente) time

    tengo todo el tiempo del mundoI've got all the time in the world

    c) (Dep) ( marca) time
    d) ( de bebé)

    ¿cuánto tiempo tiene? — how old is he?

    al mismo tiempo or a un tiempo — at the same time

    con (el) tiempo y una caña... — everything in good time

    hacer tiempo — to while away the time; (Dep) to play for time

    matar el tiempo — (fam) to kill time

    robarle tiempo al sueñoto burn the candle at both ends

    4)
    a) ( época)

    en aquellos tiempos — at that time, in those days

    en los tiempos que corren — these days, nowadays

    b) ( temporada) season
    c) (momento propio, oportuno)
    5) (Dep) ( en partido) half

    primer/segundo tiempo — first/second half

    6) (Mús) ( compás) tempo, time; ( de sinfonía) movement
    7) (Ling) tense
    8) (Meteo) weather

    hace buen/mal tiempo — the weather's good/bad

    ¿qué tal el tiempo por ahí? — what's the weather like over there?

    del or (Méx) al tiempo — at room temperature

    a mal tiempo, buena cara — I/you/we may as well look on the bright side

    * * *
    tiempo1
    1 = time, length of time, period.

    Ex: Because not all files need to be reorganized at once, but only those which are very full, the time required for this procedure is reduced to a minimum.

    Ex: There is a correlation between length of time spent obtaining the book required and loss of interest.
    Ex: Library use declines during the June-October period when examinations have finished and the students are on vacation.
    * absorber tiempo = absorb + time.
    * acabarse el tiempo = time + run out, time + be + up.
    * acaparar el tiempo de Alguien = monopolise + time.
    * adaptarse a los tiempos = change with + the times, move with + the times, keep up with + the times, adapt to + the times.
    * adelantado a su tiempo = ahead of + Posesivo + time(s).
    * adelantarse a + Posesivo + tiempo = be years ahead of + Posesivo + time.
    * administración del tiempo = time management.
    * administrar el tiempo = manage + time.
    * adquirido con el transcurso del tiempo = time-based.
    * agotarse el tiempo = time + run out.
    * ahorrar para cuando lleguen tiempos difíciles = save for + a rainy day.
    * ahorrar tiempo = save + time.
    * ahorrar tiempo de escritura = save + typing.
    * ahorro de tiempo = time-saving [timesaving], economy of time, savings in time.
    * Algo a lo que hay que dedicar mucho tiempo = time-consuming [time consuming].
    * Algo que ahorra tiempo = time saver [timesaver].
    * Algo que lleva mucho tiempo de hacer = time-consuming [time consuming].
    * Algo que se hace para matar el tiempo = time filler.
    * Algo que se le va tomando el gusto con el tiempo = acquired taste.
    * algún tiempo = awhile.
    * al mismo tiempo = at once, at the same time, concurrently, in the process, simultaneously, contemporaneously, at the same instant, at one and the same time, in parallel, concomitantly, at the one time, all the while.
    * al mismo tiempo que = in parallel to/with, while, as the same time as, cum, in conjunction with.
    * al mismo tiempo que + Indicativo = whilst + Gerundio.
    * a lo largo del tiempo = longitudinal, longitudinally.
    * alquilar tiempo = buy + time.
    * a medida que pasaba el tiempo = as time passed (by), as time went by.
    * a medida que pasa el tiempo = as time goes by, as time passes (by).
    * andar (muy) apurado de tiempo = be (hard) pressed for + time.
    * andar (muy) corto de tiempo = be (hard) pressed for + time.
    * andar (muy) escaso de tiempo = be (hard) pressed for + time.
    * andar (muy) falto de tiempo = be (hard) pressed for + time.
    * anunciado desde hace tiempo = long-heralded.
    * apurado de tiempo = time-rationed, crunched for time, time-crunched.
    * a su debido tiempo = in due course, timely, in due time.
    * a su tiempo = in a timely fashion, in due course, in a timely manner.
    * a tiempo = in timely fashion, on time, promptly, timely, just in time, in time.
    * a tiempo completo = full-time.
    * a tiempo parcial = part-time.
    * a través del tiempo = over time.
    * avatares del tiempo, los = vicissitudes of time, the, whims of time, the.
    * avecinarse tiempos difíciles = tough times ahead, lean times ahead, darker times + lie ahead, hard times ahead.
    * basado en el tiempo = time-based.
    * bastante tiempo = ample time.
    * breve período de tiempo = while.
    * buenos tiempos = good times.
    * cada cierto tiempo = episodic, every so often, every now and then, every now and again.
    * cada tanto tiempo = every so often, every now and again, every once in a while.
    * cambiar con el paso del tiempo = change over + time.
    * cambiar con el tiempo = change over + time.
    * cambiar con el transcurso del tiempo = change over + time.
    * cantar victoria antes de tiempo = speak too soon.
    * cantidad de tiempo = length of time.
    * cápsula del tiempo = time capsule.
    * carrera contra el tiempo = race against time, race against the clock.
    * comprar tiempo = buy + time.
    * con el correr del tiempo = over the years, in the process of time, with the passage of time.
    * con el decursar del tiempo = with the passage of time, in the process of time.
    * con el paso del tiempo = over the years, over time, with the passage of time, as time goes by, in due course, over a period of time, in the course of time, over the course of time, in the process of time, as time passed (by), as time passes (by), as time went by.
    * con el tiempo = in time, over the years, with time, with the passage of time, eventually, in due course, over a period of time, in due time, over time, in the process of time, as time passed (by), as time passes (by), as time goes by, as time went by, by and by.
    * con el transcurrir del tiempo = with the passage of time, in the process of time, as time passed (by).
    * con el transcurso del tiempo = over time, with time, with age, as time goes by, in the course of time, over the course of time, as time passes (by), as time went by.
    * consagrado por el tiempo = time-proven.
    * conseguir tiempo = buy + time.
    * considerado desde hace mucho tiempo = long considered.
    * consumir + Posesivo + tiempo = swallow up + Posesivo + time.
    * con un plazo de tiempo muy corto = at (a) very short notice.
    * con un plazo de tiempo tan corto = at such short notice.
    * cumplido hace tiempo = long overdue.
    * curso a tiempo completo = full-time course.
    * dar tiempo = give + time, donate + Posesivo + time.
    * dar tiempo a Alguien = give + Nombre + some time.
    * de algún tiempo a esta parte = for some time now.
    * dedicación de tiempo = expenditure of time.
    * dedicar algún tiempo a hacer algo = have + a turn at.
    * dedicar el tiempo y el esfuerzo = take + the time and effort.
    * dedicar tiempo = spend + time, lend + time, expend + time, devote + time, dedicate + time.
    * dedicar tiempo a = take + time on.
    * de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-term, long-lost.
    * dejar tiempo = free up + time.
    * dejar tiempo libre = free up + time.
    * demasiado tiempo = too long.
    * demostrado válido por el tiempo = time-tested.
    * de otros tiempos = of yore.
    * de otro tiempo = of yore.
    * desde el comienzo de los tiempos = since the beginning of time, from the beginning of time, since time began.
    * desde el principio de los tiempos = since the beginning of time, from the beginning of time, since time began.
    * desde hace algún tiempo = for some time past, for days.
    * desde hace la tira (de tiempo) = for yonks and yonks, for yonks.
    * desde hace muchísimo tiempo = in ages (and ages and ages).
    * desde hace mucho tiempo = for ages, long-time [longtime], far back in time, for a long time, long since, in ages (and ages and ages).
    * desde hace tanto tiempo = so long.
    * desde hace tiempo = long [longer -comp., longest -sup.], over the years, for a long time, long since, for some time.
    * desde hace un montonazo de tiempo = for yonks and yonks.
    * desde hace un montón de tiempo = for yonks.
    * desde hace ya algún tiempo = for some time now.
    * desde los primeros tiempos = since the earliest of times, from earliest times.
    * desde los viejos tiempos = since olden times.
    * desde tiempo inmemorial = since earliest time, since time immemorial, from time immemorial, since time out of mind, from time out of mind.
    * desde tiempos prehistóricos = since prehistoric times.
    * desperdiciar tiempo = squander + time.
    * desperdicio de tiempo = time waster.
    * deteriorado por el paso del tiempo = timeworn.
    * de todos los tiempos = all-time, of all time(s).
    * de un tiempo a esta parte = for some time now.
    * dispositivo de desconexión automática transcurrido un tiempo determinado = time out mechanism.
    * donar tiempo = donate + Posesivo + time.
    * donde el tiempo es de suma importancia = time-critical.
    * durante algún tiempo = for a while, for some time, for some while, for some time to come, for days.
    * durante cierto tiempo = over a period of time.
    * durante cuánto tiempo = how long.
    * durante demasiado tiempo = for too long.
    * durante este tiempo = in this time.
    * durante largos períodos de tiempo = over long periods of time.
    * durante la tira de tiempo = for donkey's years.
    * durante muchísimo tiempo = for ages and ages (and ages).
    * durante mucho tiempo = long [longer -comp., longest -sup.], for generations, long-time [longtime], for a long time to come, for long periods of time, for a long period of time, lastingly, for a very long time, for many long hours, for a long time, in ages (and ages and ages), in ages (and ages and ages).
    * durante tanto tiempo = for so long, so long.
    * durante tanto tiempo como sea posible = for as long as possible.
    * durante un largo período de tiempo = over a long time scale, over a long period of time, for a long period of time, over a long period.
    * durante un período de tiempo = for a number of years.
    * durante un periodo de tiempo determinado = over a period of time.
    * durante un período de tiempo indefinido = over an indefinite period of time, over an indefinite span of time.
    * durante un porrón de tiempo = for donkey's years.
    * durar mucho tiempo = last + long.
    * durar tiempo = take + time, take + long.
    * el paso del tiempo = the passage of time, the sands of time.
    * el tiempo de Algo = in season.
    * el tiempo dirá = time will tell.
    * el tiempo es oro = time is money.
    * el tiempo lo dirá = only time will tell.
    * el tiempo vuela = time flies (by).
    * el transcurrir del tiempo = the sands of time.
    * embates del tiempo, los = ravages of time, the.
    * emplear tiempo = spend + time, expend + time, devote + time.
    * en aquellos tiempos = at the time, the then + Nombre, by this time, in those days.
    * encontrar el tiempo = make + an opportunity.
    * encontrar tiempo = find + time.
    * encuesta sobre el uso del tiempo = time-use survey.
    * en estos tiempos = in these times, in this day and age.
    * en los últimos tiempos = latterly, in recent times, in modern times, in recent memory.
    * en muy poco tiempo = before long.
    * en nada de tiempo = at a moment's notice, in next to no time, in no time at all, in no time.
    * en otros tiempos = in days of yore, in times of yore.
    * en otro tiempo = in days of yore, in times of yore.
    * en poco tiempo = before very long, in quite a short time, in a short time, in a short span of time.
    * en sus buenos tiempos = in + Posesivo + heyday.
    * en su tiempo = formerly.
    * en tiempo de carnaval = carnivalistically.
    * en tiempo de feria = carnivalistically.
    * en tiempo de guerra = wartime [wart-time].
    * en tiempo real = real time [real-time], in real time.
    * en tiempos de = in times of.
    * en tiempos de adversidad = in times of + adversity.
    * en tiempos de austeridad = in austere times.
    * en tiempos de guerra = in time(s) of war.
    * en tiempos de Maricastaña = in olden days, in olden times.
    * en tiempos de paz = in peacetime, during peacetime, in peace, in time(s) of peace.
    * en tiempos de recesión = in recessionary times.
    * en tiempos de recesión económica = in recessionary times.
    * en tiempos difíciles = in times of need.
    * en tiempos más recientes = in more recent times.
    * en tiempos prehistóricos = in prehistoric times.
    * en un corto espacio de tiempo = in a short space of time.
    * en un corto período de tiempo = in a short period of time.
    * en un tiempo razonable = timely.
    * en un tiempo relativamente corto = in a relatively short time, in a relatively short span of time.
    * equivalente a tiempo completo = full-time equivalent (FTE).
    * esa época ya pasó hace tiempo = that time is long past.
    * escaso de tiempo = time-strapped, short of time.
    * esperado durante tiempo y con ansiedad = long-and-expectantly-awaited.
    * esperado hace tiempo = overdue.
    * establecido desde hace tiempo = long-established.
    * estado del tiempo = weather conditions.
    * estar muy por delante de su tiempo = be years ahead of + Posesivo + time.
    * estragos del tiempo, los = ravages of time, the.
    * faceta de tiempo = Time facet.
    * factor tiempo = time factor.
    * facturación por tiempo de conexión = metered pricing, metered billing.
    * falta de tiempo = tightness of scheduling.
    * falto de tiempo = crunched for time, time-crunched, short of time.
    * finito en el tiempo = timebound [time-bound].
    * florecer antes de tiempo = bolt.
    * frontera del tiempo = time boundary.
    * fue durante mucho tiempo = long remained.
    * fuera de onda con los tiempos modernos = out of keeping with the times, out of tune with the times.
    * ganar tiempo = win + time, buy + time, free up + time.
    * germinar antes de tiempo = bolt.
    * gestión del tiempo = time management.
    * gusto que se adquiere con el tiempo = acquired taste.
    * hablar antes de tiempo = speak too soon.
    * hace algún tiempo = some time ago, a while back, some while ago.
    * hace demasiado tiempo = too long ago.
    * hace la tira (de tiempo) = yonks and yonks, yonks.
    * hace muchísimo tiempo = ages (and ages) ago, aeons ago, yonks.
    * hace mucho tiempo = all those many moons ago, many moons ago.
    * hace muy poco tiempo = a short time ago.
    * hace poco tiempo = a short time ago.
    * hacer algún tiempo = sometime back.
    * hacer frente a tiempos difíciles = cope with + difficult times.
    * hacer mucho tiempo que Algo ha desaparecido = be long gone.
    * hace tiempo = for some time, long ago, once, long since.
    * hace un montonazo de tiempo = yonks and yonks.
    * hace un montón de tiempo = yonks.
    * hace ya mucho tiempo que = gone are the days of.
    * hace ya tiempo = long since.
    * hasta el final de los tiempos = till the end of time.
    * hasta hace relativamente poco tiempo = until relatively recently.
    * instalaciones para dedicar el tiempo libre = leisure facilities.
    * intentar ganar tiempo = play for + time, temporise [temporize, -USA].
    * intervalo de tiempo = date range.
    * inversión de tiempo = commitment of time.
    * invertir el tiempo de Uno en = invest + Posesivo + time in.
    * ir en contra del tiempo = race against + time, race against + the clock.
    * justo a tiempo = (just) in the nick of time, just in time, not a moment too soon.
    * la mayoría del tiempo = most of the time.
    * largos períodos de tiempo = long periods of time.
    * la tira de tiempo = donkey's years.
    * liberar tiempo = free up + time.
    * limitado por el tiempo = time-constrained.
    * límite de tiempo = time limit.
    * llegar a tiempo = arrive + in time, arrive + on time.
    * llevar tiempo = take + time, take + a while, take + long, absorb + time.
    * llevar tiempo y esfuerzo = take + time and effort.
    * los buenos tiempos = the good old days.
    * los viejos tiempos = the good old days.
    * malos tiempos = bad times.
    * margen de tiempo = time frame [timeframe].
    * matar el tiempo = kill + time.
    * mejoría del tiempo = break in the weather.
    * muchísimo tiempo después = ages and ages hence.
    * mucho tiempo = long time, a very long time, long hours, ample time, for a long time.
    * mucho tiempo antes de (que) = long before.
    * mucho tiempo después = ages and ages hence.
    * mucho tiempo después (de que) = long after.
    * muy apreciado desde hace tiempo = long-revered.
    * muy a tiempo = in good time.
    * muy venerado desde hace tiempo = long-revered.
    * no cantes victoria antes de tiempo = don't count your chickens before they are hatched.
    * noción del tiempo = notion of time, sense of time.
    * no hace mucho tiempo = not so long ago.
    * no pasar mucho tiempo antes de que + Subjuntivo = be not long before + Indicativo.
    * no tener tiempo de nada = have + not a moment to spare.
    * nuevos tiempos, los = wind(s) of change, the.
    * observar atentamente y durante cierto tiempo = maintain + vigil.
    * ocupar el tiempo = fill in + Posesivo + time.
    * ocupar tiempo = occupy + time, take up + time.
    * olvidado desde hace tiempo = long forgotten.
    * pasar algún tiempo en = have + a turn at.
    * pasar el tiempo = pass + the time, hang around, spend + Posesivo + days, hang about, hang out.
    * pasar el tiempo libre = spend + Posesivo + leisure, spend + Posesivo + leisure time.
    * pasar mucho tiempo antes de que = be a long time before.
    * pasar tiempo = spend + time.
    * pasar tiempo haciendo Algo = do + stint at.
    * perder el tiempo = dawdle, mess around, pissing into the wind, mess about, faff (about/around), pootle, sit + idle, muck around/about, piddle around.
    * perder la noción del tiempo = lose + track of time, lose + all notion of time, lose + all sense of time.
    * perder tiempo = waste + time, lose + time.
    * pérdida de tiempo = time wasting, wild goose chase, waste of time, time-consuming [time consuming], fool's errand.
    * pérdida de un tiempo precioso = waste of precious time.
    * perdido hace tiempo = long-lost.
    * período de tiempo = amount of time, time, time frame [timeframe], time lapse, time period, time span [time-span], time slot, period of time, date range.
    * permanecer estable con el tiempo = be stable over time.
    * pero al mismo tiempo = but then again.
    * plazo de tiempo = timeline [time line].
    * poco tiempo = short while, short time.
    * poco tiempo después = shortly afterwards.
    * poner a mal tiempo buena cara = keep + Posesivo + chin up.
    * por algún tiempo = for sometime.
    * por mucho tiempo = for long, for long periods of time.
    * por un período de tiempo limitado = on a short-term basis.
    * por un tiempo = for a time.
    * por un tiempo indefinido = for indefinite time.
    * postulado desde hace mucho tiempo = long-espoused.
    * precio calculado según el tiempo de conexión = connect time based pricing.
    * precio calculado según el tiempo empleado = time-based charge.
    * preocupado por el tiempo = time-conscious.
    * programador de tiempo = egg timer.
    * prolongar el tiempo = prolong + time.
    * propugnado desde hace mucho tiempo = long-espoused.
    * que cambia con el tiempo = ever-changing [ever changing], time-variant, ever-shifting.
    * que consume tiempo = time-consuming [time consuming].
    * quedar anulado con el paso del tiempo = be overtaken by events.
    * que depende del tiempo = time-dependent.
    * que hay que dedicarle mucho tiempo = time-intensive.
    * que lleva tiempo en cartelera = long-running.
    * que se percibe desde hace mucho tiempo = long-felt.
    * que utiliza el tiempo como variable = time-dependent.
    * recuperar el tiempo perdido = make up for + lost time.
    * reloj que registra el tiempo de conexión = accounting clock.
    * remontarse bastante en el tiempo = go back + a long way.
    * remontarse en el tiempo = extend + far back, stretch + far back in time.
    * resistir el paso del tiempo = stand + the test of time, withstand + the test of time, survive + the test of time, pass + the test of time.
    * robarle tiempo al sueño = burn + the candle at both ends.
    * se avecinan malos tiempos = hard times lie ahead.
    * sensible al tiempo = time-sensitive [time sensitive].
    * sentido del tiempo = sense of time, notion of time.
    * ser una pérdida de tiempo = be idle, beat + a dead horse, fart + in the wind.
    * ser un pérdida de tiempo = flog + a dead horse.
    * ser un producto de su tiempo = be a product of + Posesivo + time.
    * si el tiempo lo permite = weather permitting.
    * siempre que Uno puede dedicarle el tiempo = in + Posesivo + own time, on + Posesivo + own time.
    * si hay tiempo = time permitting.
    * sin importar el tiempo = all-weather.
    * si no lo impide el tiempo = weather permitting.
    * sin tiempo que perder = without a minute to spare.
    * si queda tiempo = time permitting.
    * sistema de tiempo real = real-time system.
    * sobrado de tiempo = unpressed for time.
    * sólo por tiempo limitado = for a limited time only.
    * subordinado al tiempo = time-dependent.
    * suficiente tiempo = long enough, ample time.
    * superar la barrera del tiempo = cross + time barriers.
    * tanto tiempo = so much time, this long, such a very long time.
    * tardar tanto tiempo en = take + so long to.
    * tardar tiempo = take + time, take + long.
    * tarifa calculada según el tiempo de conexión = connect time based pricing.
    * tarifa calculada según el tiempo empleado = time-based charge.
    * tarifa calculada según el tiempo utilizado = time-based tariff.
    * tener mucho tiempo libre = have + plenty of time to spare.
    * terminarse el tiempo = time + run out.
    * tiempo adicional = extra-time.
    * tiempo agotado = time out.
    * tiempo + apremiar = time + press, time + be of the essence.
    * tiempo + avanzar inexorablemente = time + march on.
    * tiempo de acceso = access time, seek time, access speed.
    * tiempo de búsqueda = search time.
    * tiempo de calidad = quality time.
    * tiempo de carga = loading time.
    * tiempo de conexión = connect time.
    * tiempo de conexión en línea = online time.
    * tiempo de CPU = CPU time.
    * tiempo de demora = lead time.
    * tiempo de descarga = download time.
    * tiempo de descarga de datos = download time, latency.
    * tiempo de duración = lifespan [life span].
    * tiempo de emisión = airtime.
    * tiempo de espera = lead time, wait time, waiting time, waiting period.
    * tiempo de estudio = study time.
    * tiempo de inicio = start time.
    * tiempo de ordenador = computer time, computer time.
    * tiempo de préstamo = document delivery.
    * tiempo de proceso = processing time.
    * tiempo de reacción = reaction time.
    * tiempo de respuesta = response time, turnaround time, turnabout time, fill time, reaction time.
    * tiempo durante el cual el ordenador no está disponible al público = down time.
    * tiempo + estar a favor de Alguien = time + be + on + Posesivo + side.
    * tiempo estar de lado de Alguien = time + be + on + Posesivo + side.
    * tiempo familiar = quality time.
    * tiempo fuera de servicio = downtime.
    * tiempo futuro = future tense.
    * tiempo inmemorial = time immemorial.
    * tiempo libre = leisure, leisure time, free time, idle hours, spare time.
    * tiempo muerto = downtime, time out.
    * tiempo + pasar = time + march on.
    * tiempos alocados = heady days.
    * tiempos de los romanos = Roman times.
    * tiempos de paz = peacetime [peace time].
    * tiempos difíciles = difficult times, tough times, hard times, embattled time(s).
    * tiempo + seguir su marcha inexorable = time + march on.
    * tiempos emocionantes = heady days.
    * tiempo + ser esencial = time + be of the essence.
    * tiempo + ser + precioso = time + be + precious.
    * tiempos mejores = better times.
    * tiempos modernos = modern times.
    * tiempos turbulentos = embattled time(s).
    * tiempo transcurrido = elapsed time.
    * tiempo verbal = tense.
    * todo al mismo tiempo = all at once.
    * todo el tiempo = all of the time, left, right and centre, the whole time, all the while.
    * tomar el tiempo = time.
    * tomarse el tiempo que Uno necesita = take + Posesivo + time.
    * tomar tiempo = take + time, take + long.
    * trabajador a tiempo parcial = part-timer.
    * trabajar durante un período de tiempo = serve + stint.
    * trabajo a tiempo parcial = part-time work, part-time employment, part-time job.
    * transcurrir tiempo = lapse + time.
    * tratar de ganar tiempo = temporise [temporize, -USA], play for + time.
    * un porrón de tiempo = donkey's years.
    * un tiempo = awhile.
    * usando el tiempo de un modo eficaz = time efficient [time-efficient].
    * vencido hace tiempo = long overdue.
    * venir de mucho tiempo atrás = go back + a long way.
    * viajar hacia atrás en el tiempo = travel back in + time.
    * viaje a través del tiempo = time travel.
    * viaje en el tiempo = time travel.
    * vicisitudes del tiempo, las = vicissitudes of time, the, whims of time, the.
    * viejos tiempos, los = good old days, the.
    * ya hace algún tiempo = for quite some time.
    * ya hace bastante tiempo = for quite a while now.
    * y al mismo tiempo = and in the process, yet.

    tiempo2
    2 = weather.

    Ex: Data Resources Inc., again US-based, covers data bases in economics, finance, energy and weather.

    * alerta del tiempo = weather warning.
    * artífice del tiempo = weather-maker, rainmaker.
    * buen tiempo = fair weather.
    * cuando el tiempo lo permita = when the weather permits.
    * del tiempo = room temperature.
    * el cielo rojo al atardecer augura buen tiempo, el cielo rojo al amanecer aug = red sky at night, (shepherd/sailor)'s delight, red sky in the morning, (shepherd/sailor)'s warning.
    * hombre del tiempo = weatherman.
    * justo a tiempo = not a minute too soon.
    * mapa del tiempo = weather map.
    * muy mal tiempo = severe weather.
    * para todo tipo de tiempo = all-weather.
    * si hace buen tiempo = weather permitting.
    * tiempo + aclararse = weather + clear.
    * tiempo de invierno = winter weather.
    * tiempo de verano = summer weather.
    * tiempo estival = summer weather.
    * tiempo inclemente = intemperate weather.
    * tiempo invernal = winter weather.
    * tiempo muy malo = severe weather.

    * * *
    ya ha pasado mucho tiempo desde aquello that all happened a long time ago o a lot of water has flowed under the bridge since then
    el tiempo va pasando y las cosas no mejoran time passes o goes by and things don't get any better
    ¡cómo pasa or corre el tiempo! how time flies!, doesn't time go quickly!
    ya te acostumbrarás con el tiempo you'll get used to it in time
    el tiempo dirá time will tell
    el tiempo apremia time is short, I'm/we're pressed for time, time is of the essence ( frml)
    ¡el tiempo vuela! how time flies!
    a ver si dejas de perder el tiempo why don't you stop wasting time?
    ¡qué manera de perder el tiempo! what a waste of time!
    no pierdas tiempo con eso don't waste time with o on that
    ¡deprisa, no hay tiempo que perder! quick, there's no time to lose!
    sin perder tiempo without wasting a moment, without further ado
    hay que recuperar el tiempo perdido we must make up for lost time
    todas las advertencias fueron tiempo perdido all our warnings were a waste of time
    es una pérdida de tiempo it's a waste of time
    para ganar tiempo, ve metiendo las cartas en los sobres to save time, start putting the letters into the envelopes
    les contó una historia para ganar tiempo to gain time she told them a story, she played for time by telling them a story
    creo que si vamos por aquí ganamos tiempo I think we'll save time if we go this way
    Compuestos:
    time-sharing
    real time
    universal time, Greenwich Mean Time
    B
    1 (duración, porción de tiempo) time
    luego de todo este tiempo after all this time
    ¿cuánto tiempo hace que no lo ves? how long is it since you last saw him?
    ¿cuánto tiempo hace que vives aquí? how long have you lived o been living here?
    de esto que te cuento ya hace mucho tiempo all this happened a long time ago now
    ¡cuánto tiempo sin verte! I haven't seen you for ages o it's been ages since I last saw you o ( colloq) long time, no see
    hace demasiado tiempo, no creo que se acuerde it was too long ago, I don't think she'll remember
    hace mucho tiempo que no sé nada de ellos I haven't heard from them for a long time o ( colloq) for ages
    todavía falta or queda mucho tiempo para su boda it's still a long time till their wedding
    todo este tiempo me ha estado mintiendo he's been lying to me all this time
    se ha pasado todo el tiempo hablando she's done nothing but talk the whole time
    pasaba la mayor parte del tiempo leyendo he spent most of the time reading
    tómate el tiempo que te haga falta take as long as you need
    dentro de muy poco tiempo very soon o very shortly
    ¿cada cuánto tiempo conviene hacerse un chequeo? how often should one have a check-up?
    cada cierto tiempo every so often
    de tiempo en tiempo from time to time
    ¿cuánto tiempo van a pasar en Los Ángeles? how much time o how long are you going to spend in Los Angeles?
    me llevó mucho tiempo preparar la tarta it took me a long time o ( colloq) ages to make the cake
    no pude quedarme (por) más tiempo I couldn't stay any longer
    ¿por qué tardaste tanto tiempo en contestarme? why did you take such a long time o so long to answer me?
    ya hace algún or un tiempo que no se le ve por aquí he hasn't been around here for some time o for quite a time o for quite a while now
    queremos quedarnos (por) un tiempo we want to stay for a while o for a time
    un or algún tiempo atrás some time ago o back
    una costumbre que viene de mucho tiempo atrás a custom that dates back a long way
    poco tiempo después or al poco tiempo se volvieron a encontrar a short time later they met again o they met again not long afterward(s)
    de un tiempo a esta parte se ha vuelto muy agresivo he's been very aggressive recently o ( frml) of late
    trabajar a tiempo completo/parcial to work full time/part time
    2
    (mucho tiempo): hacía tiempo que no lo veíamos we hadn't seen him for a long time o for quite a while o ( colloq) for ages
    ya hace tiempo que se marchó she left quite some time ago o quite a while ago
    ¡mira que yo lo venía diciendo desde hacía tiempo! haven't I been saying so for a long time o ( colloq) for ages?
    3
    (período disponible, tiempo suficiente): no he tenido tiempo de terminarlo I haven't had time to finish it
    hay tiempo de sobra para eso there's plenty of time for that
    no tenemos mucho tiempo we don't have much time
    tengo todo el tiempo del mundo I've got all the time in the world
    no sé de dónde voy a sacar el tiempo I don't know where I'm going to find the time
    no tengo tiempo ni para respirar I hardly have time to breathe
    no he tenido tiempo material para hacerlo I haven't had a moment to do it o I just haven't had the time to do it
    me va a faltar tiempo para terminarlo I'm not going to have enough time to finish it
    no me ha dado tiempo a or de acabarlo I haven't had time to finish it
    no da tiempo de hacerlo todo there isn't (enough) time to do it all
    dame un poco de tiempo give me a bit of o a little time
    no me dieron suficiente tiempo they didn't give me enough time
    4 ( Dep) (marca) time
    ¿qué tiempo hizo Espinosa? what was Espinosa's time?
    lo hizo en un tiempo récord she did it in record time
    5
    (de un bebé): ¿cuánto tiempo tiene? how old is he?
    Compuestos:
    uptime
    spare time, free time
    C ( en locs):
    a tiempo in time
    no vamos a llegar a tiempo we won't get there in time
    llegas justo a tiempo de echarnos una mano you're just in time to give us a hand
    todavía estamos a tiempo de coger el tren si vamos en taxi we can still catch o we still have time to catch the train if we take a taxi
    piénsatelo, todavía estás a tiempo think about it, there's still time
    con tiempo in good time
    le gusta llegar con tiempo she likes to arrive with time to spare o in good time
    avísame con tiempo let me know in advance o in good time
    si llegan con tiempo pueden ver la galería antes if you arrive early, you can have a look at the gallery beforehand
    al mismo tiempo or a un tiempo at the same time
    no hablen todos al mismo tiempo don't all talk at once o at the same time
    llegaron al mismo tiempo they arrived at the same time
    al tiempo que at the same time as o that
    con el tiempo y una caña … everything in good time
    seguro que va a mejorar, tú dale tiempo al tiempo I'm sure she's going to get better, you just have to be patient o to give it time
    no debemos precipitarnos, hay que dar tiempo al tiempo let's not rush into this, we must be patient
    hacer a tiempo ( RPl): no hice a tiempo a ir al banco I didn't have enough time to go to the bank
    hacerse tiempo (CS); to make time
    hacer tiempo (mientras se espera algo) to while away the time, to kill time; (para hacer algo) to make time;
    ( Dep) to play for time
    matar el tiempo ( fam); to kill time
    robarle tiempo al sueño to have less sleep than one needs, to burn the candle at both ends
    y si no ¡al tiempo! just you wait and see!, mark my words!
    el tiempo es oro time is precious, time is money
    el tiempo todo lo cura time is a great healer
    todo tiempo pasado fue mejor the past always looks better
    D
    1
    (época): en mi(s) tiempo(s) esas cosas no pasaban things like that didn't use to happen in my day o my time
    eran otros tiempos things were different then
    ¡qué tiempos aquellos! those were the days!
    esa música es del tiempo de mi abuela that music is from my grandmother's time
    en aquellos tiempos un helado costaba una peseta at that time o back then o in those days an ice cream used to cost one peseta
    los problemas de nuestro tiempo the problems of our time o age
    en los tiempos que corren these days, nowadays
    desde tiempos inmemoriales from o since time immemorial
    aquéllos eran tiempos difíciles those were difficult times
    en tiempos de paz in times of peace, in peacetime
    estamos viviendo tiempos de crisis we are living in extremely difficult times
    se ha adelantado a su tiempo he is ahead of his time
    hubo un tiempo en que yo pensaba igual there was a time when I thought the same
    ese peinado es del tiempo de Maricastaña ( fam); that hairstyle looks as if it came out of the ark ( colloq), that hairstyle looks really old-fashioned o out-of-date
    2 (temporada) season
    fruta del tiempo fresh fruit, seasonal fruit
    3
    (momento propio, oportuno): eso lo trataremos a su (debido) tiempo we'll deal with o discuss that in due course
    cada cosa a su tiempo everything in (its own) good time
    lo sacó del fuego antes de tiempo she took it off the heat before it was ready
    nació antes de tiempo he was premature, he was born prematurely
    Compuesto:
    Eastertide
    E
    1 ( Dep)
    (en un partido): primer/segundo tiempo first/second half
    medio1 (↑ medio (1))
    2 ( Mec):
    un motor de dos/cuatro tiempos a two-stroke/four-stroke engine
    Compuestos:
    ( Dep) overtime ( AmE), extra time ( BrE); ( Com) period of inactivity
    time out
    ( Méx) overtime ( AmE), extra time ( BrE)
    overtime ( AmE), extra time ( BrE)
    F (compás) tempo, time
    G ( Ling) tense
    tiempo simple/compuesto simple/compound tense
    hace buen tiempo the weather's good o fine, it's good o fine weather, it's fine
    el mal tiempo reinante the prevailing o current bad weather
    nos hizo un tiempo estupendo/asqueroso we had wonderful/terrible weather
    el pronóstico del tiempo the weather forecast
    ¿qué tal el tiempo por ahí? what's the weather like over there?
    del or ( Méx) al tiempo at room temperature
    un vaso de leche del tiempo a glass of milk at room temperature
    a mal tiempo, buena cara I/you/we may as well look on the bright side
    * * *

     

    tiempo sustantivo masculino
    1

    ¡cómo pasa el tiempo! how time flies!;

    te acostumbrarás con el tiempo you'll get used to it in time;
    perder el tiempo to waste time;
    ¡no hay tiempo que perder! there's no time to lose!;
    para ganar tiempo (in order) to gain time;
    tiempo libre spare time, free time;
    ¿cuánto tiempo hace que no lo ves? how long is it since you last saw him?;
    hace tiempo que no sé de él I haven't heard from him for a long time;
    ya hace tiempo que se marchó she left quite some time ago;
    ¡cuánto tiempo sin verte! I haven't seen you for ages;
    la mayor parte del tiempo most of the time;
    me llevó mucho tiempo it took me a long time;
    no pude quedarme más tiempo I couldn't stay any longer;
    poco tiempo después a short time after;
    de un tiempo a esta parte for some time (now);
    a tiempo completo/parcial full time/part time;
    no vamos a llegar a tiempo we won't get there in time;
    al mismo tiempo at the same time;
    avísame con tiempo let me know in good time;
    ¡qué tiempos aquellos! those were the days!;
    en aquellos tiempos at that time, in those days


    c) (momento propio, oportuno):


    cada cosa a su tiempo everything in (its own) good time

    ¿cuánto tiempo tiene? how old is he?

    2 (Dep) ( en partido) half;

    3 (Mús) ( compás) tempo, time;
    ( de sinfonía) movement
    4 (Ling) tense
    5 (Meteo) weather;
    hace buen/mal tiempo the weather's good/bad;

    del or (Méx) al tiempo ‹ bebida at room temperature
    tiempo sustantivo masculino
    1 (indeterminado) time: llegó a tiempo para ver el espectáculo, he got there in time to see the show
    hace mucho tiempo, a long time ago
    me llevó mucho tiempo, it took me a long time
    la vi poco tiempo después, I saw her a short time after o soon afterwards
    ¿cuánto tiempo tienes para acabarlo?, how long have you got to finish it?
    es tiempo perdido, it's a waste of time
    tómate tu tiempo, take your time
    no puedo quedarme más tiempo, I can't stay any longer
    a su (debido) tiempo, in due course
    a un tiempo/al mismo tiempo, at the same time
    de tiempo en tiempo, from time to time
    tiempo libre, free time
    2 (de un bebé) age: ¿cuánto o qué tiempo tiene?, how old is she?
    3 (época) en mis tiempos de estudiante, in my student days
    nació en tiempos de Luis XIV, he was born in the time of Louis XIV
    malos tiempos o fig tiempo de vacas flacas, hard times o rainy days
    4 Meteor weather
    hace buen tiempo, the weather is good
    tiempo tormentoso, stormy weather
    5 Mús tempo
    6 Dep half
    primer tiempo, first half
    tiempo muerto, time out
    7 Ling tense 8 del tiempo, (temperatura ambiente) póngame un refresco del tiempo, no lo quiero con hielo, could I have a non-refrigerated soft drink, please
    9 Auto (motor) de dos/cuatro tiempos, two-cycle/four-cycle
    ♦ Locuciones: dar tiempo al tiempo, to let matters take their course
    hacer tiempo, to while away the time
    matar el tiempo, to kill time
    Lab a tiempo parcial/completo, part/full time
    con el tiempo, in the course of time
    de un tiempo a esta parte, lately
    ' tiempo' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - acá
    - achuchar
    - adelanto
    - alborotada
    - alborotado
    - alborotarse
    - allá
    - andar
    - anquilosarse
    - antes
    - anticiclónica
    - anticiclónico
    - anticiparse
    - apremiar
    - aprovechada
    - aprovechado
    - apurada
    - apurado
    - aquí
    - áspera
    - áspero
    - atonía
    - atrás
    - avenida
    - avenido
    - bizantina
    - bizantino
    - bochorno
    - cargada
    - cargado
    - cerca
    - coincidir
    - conceder
    - congraciarse
    - contrarreloj
    - contrato
    - corta
    - corto
    - costar
    - cuando
    - cuanta
    - cuanto
    - cundir
    - de
    - debida
    - debido
    - dedicar
    - descontar
    - desde
    English:
    absorb
    - accomplice
    - accustom
    - administration
    - advance
    - advantage
    - after
    - age
    - ago
    - ahead
    - allow
    - as
    - at
    - barring
    - be
    - beautiful
    - before
    - begin
    - behind
    - best
    - between
    - beyond
    - bitter
    - bleak
    - boiling
    - breezy
    - brighten up
    - brisk
    - busy
    - by
    - bygone
    - calm
    - catch up
    - change
    - clear up
    - clock
    - concurrently
    - corner
    - course
    - dawdle
    - demand
    - depend
    - dilly-dally
    - distant
    - drag
    - dull
    - early
    - encroach
    - end
    - enough
    * * *
    tiempo nm
    1. [transcurso, rato, momento] time;
    en poco o [m5] dentro de poco tiempo lo sabremos we will soon know;
    tardé o [m5] me llevó bastante tiempo it took me quite a while o quite a long time;
    es una tarea que lleva mucho tiempo it's a very time-consuming task;
    ¡cómo pasa el tiempo! time flies!;
    todo el tiempo all the time;
    estuvo todo el tiempo de pie he was standing up the whole time;
    al mismo tiempo at the same time;
    al poco tiempo, poco tiempo después soon after(wards);
    podríamos discutirlo al tiempo que comemos we could discuss it while we eat;
    antes de tiempo [nacer] prematurely;
    [florecer, celebrar] early;
    muchos llegaron antes de tiempo a lot of people arrived early;
    a tiempo completo full-time;
    a tiempo parcial part-time;
    a su (debido) tiempo in due course;
    cada cosa a su tiempo everything in due course o in good time;
    a un tiempo at the same time;
    empujaron todos a un tiempo they all pushed together o at the same time;
    cada cierto tiempo every so often;
    ¿cada cuánto tiempo tiene que tomarlo? how often o frequently does he have to take it?;
    con el tiempo in time;
    de tiempo en tiempo from time to time, now and then;
    de un tiempo a esta parte recently, for a while now;
    dar tiempo al tiempo to give things time;
    el tiempo lo dirá time will tell;
    ganar tiempo to save time;
    hacer tiempo to pass the time;
    RP
    hacerse tiempo to make time, to find time;
    matar el tiempo to kill time;
    perder el tiempo to waste time;
    no hay tiempo que perder there's no time to lose;
    el tiempo es oro time is money;
    el tiempo todo lo cura time is a great healer
    Informát tiempo de acceso access time; Informát tiempo de búsqueda search time;
    tiempo de cocción cooking time;
    Fot tiempo de exposición exposure time;
    tiempo libre: [m5] no me queda mucho tiempo libre I don't have much free o spare time any more;
    te dan tiempo libre para asuntos personales they give you time off for personal matters;
    tiempo muerto idle time;
    tiempo de ocio leisure time;
    Informát tiempo real real time; Informát tiempo de respuesta response time;
    tiempo universal coordinado Coordinated Universal Time
    2. [periodo disponible, suficiente] time;
    ¡se acabó el tiempo! pueden ir entregando los exámenes time's up, start handing in your papers!;
    a tiempo (para algo/de hacer algo) in time (for sth/to do sth);
    no llegamos a tiempo de ver el principio we didn't arrive in time to see o for the beginning;
    estar a tiempo de hacer algo to be in time to do sth;
    si quieres apuntarte, aún estás a tiempo if you want to join in, you still have time o it's not too late;
    con tiempo (de sobra) with plenty of time to spare, in good time;
    ¿nos dará tiempo? will we have (enough) time?;
    no me dio tiempo a o [m5] no tuve tiempo de decírselo I didn't have (enough) time to tell her;
    dame tiempo y yo mismo lo haré give me (a bit of) time and I'll do it myself;
    me faltó tiempo para terminarlo I didn't have (enough) time to finish it;
    Fam Irónico
    le faltó tiempo para ir y contárselo a todo el mundo she wasted no time in telling everyone about it;
    sacar tiempo para hacer algo to find (the) time to do sth;
    ¿tienes tiempo para tomar algo? do you have time for a drink?;
    tenemos todo el tiempo del mundo we have all the time in the world
    3. [periodo largo] long time;
    ¿cuánto tiempo hace (de eso)? how long ago (was that)?;
    ¿cuánto tiempo hace que no vas al teatro? how long is it since you went to the theatre?;
    ¡cuánto tiempo sin verte! it's been ages since I saw you!, I haven't seen you for ages!;
    hace tiempo que it is a long time since;
    hace tiempo que no vive aquí he hasn't lived here for some time;
    hace mucho tiempo que no lo veo I haven't seen him for ages;
    tiempo atrás some time ago;
    Méx
    tener tiempo de algo: tiene tiempo de estudiar lingüística she's been studying linguistics for a long time;
    tómate tu tiempo (para hacerlo) take your time (over it o to do it)
    4. [época] time;
    aquél fue un tiempo de paz y felicidad those were peaceful and happy times, it was a time of peace and happiness;
    corren o [m5] son malos tiempos para el estudio del latín it isn't a good time to be studying Latin;
    del tiempo [fruta] of the season;
    las ideas de nuestro tiempo the ideas of our time o day;
    el mejor boxeador de todos los tiempos the greatest ever boxer, the greatest boxer of all time;
    mi álbum favorito de todos los tiempos my all-time favourite album, my favourite ever album;
    en aquellos tiempos, por aquel tiempo in those days, back then, at that time;
    en los buenos tiempos in the good old days;
    en mis tiempos in my day o time;
    Johnson, en otro tiempo plusmarquista mundial,… Johnson, once the world record-holder o the former world record-holder,…;
    en tiempo(s) de Napoleón in Napoleon's time o day;
    eran otros tiempos (entonces) things were different (back) then;
    ¡qué tiempos aquellos! those were the days!;
    en tiempos [antiguamente] in former times;
    en tiempos de Maricastaña donkey's years ago;
    ser del tiempo del Perú, RP [m5] ñaupa o Chile [m5] ñauca to be ancient, to be as old as the hills
    5. [edad] age;
    ¿qué tiempo tiene? how old is he?
    6. [clima] weather;
    ¿qué tal está el tiempo?, ¿qué tal tiempo hace? what's the weather like?;
    buen/mal tiempo good/bad weather;
    hizo buen/mal tiempo the weather was good/bad;
    nos hizo un tiempo horrible we had terrible weather;
    del tiempo, Méx [m5] al tiempo [bebida] at room temperature;
    estas cervezas están del tiempo these beers aren't cold o haven't been chilled;
    si el tiempo lo permite o [m5] no lo impide weather permitting;
    hace un tiempo de perros it's a foul day;
    poner al mal tiempo buena cara to put a brave face on things
    7. Dep [mitad] half;
    [cuarto] quarter;
    primer/segundo tiempo first/second half
    tiempo añadido injury o stoppage time;
    tiempo de descuento injury o stoppage time;
    tiempo muerto time-out;
    8. [marca] [en carreras] time;
    consiguió un tiempo excelente his time was excellent;
    lograron clasificarse por tiempos they qualified as fastest losers
    tiempo intermedio split time [at halfway point];
    tiempo parcial split time;
    tiempo récord record time;
    en un tiempo récord in record time
    9. [movimiento] movement;
    levantó las pesas en dos tiempos he lifted the weights in two movements;
    motor de cuatro tiempos four-stroke engine
    10. Gram tense
    tiempo compuesto compound tense;
    tiempo simple simple tense
    11. Mús [ritmo] tempo;
    [movimiento] movement; [compás] time
    * * *
    m
    1 time;
    a tiempo in time;
    a un tiempo, al mismo tiempo at the same time;
    antes de tiempo llegar ahead of time, early; celebrar victoria too soon;
    a su (debido) tiempo in due course;
    cada cosa a su tiempo all in good time;
    con tiempo in good time, early;
    dar tiempo al tiempo give things time;
    hacer tiempo while away the time;
    desde hace mucho tiempo for a long time;
    hace mucho tiempo a long time ago;
    de tiempo en tiempo from time to time;
    de un tiempo a esta parte for some time now;
    durante algún tiempo for some time;
    por poco tiempo for a short time;
    hace tanto tiempo it’s so long ago;
    el tiempo es oro time is money;
    con el tiempo, andando el tiempo with time, in time;
    trabajar a tiempo completo/parcial work full/part time;
    le faltó tiempo para … fig he couldn’t wait to…;
    poner al mal tiempo buena cara fig look on the bright side;
    volver el tiempo atrás fig turn the clock back
    2 ( época)
    :
    en mis tiempos in my day
    3 ( clima) weather;
    hace buen/mal tiempo the weather’s fine/bad
    4 GRAM tense
    5 DEP de juego half;
    medio tiempo half time
    6 ( edad)
    :
    ¿qué tiempo tiene? de un niño how old is he?
    * * *
    tiempo nm
    1) : time
    justo a tiempo: just in time
    perder tiempo: to waste time
    tiempo libre: spare time
    2) : period, age
    en los tiempos que corren: nowadays
    3) : season, moment
    antes de tiempo: prematurely
    4) : weather
    hace buen tiempo: the weather is fine, it's nice outside
    5) : tempo (in music)
    6) : half (in sports)
    7) : tense (in grammar)
    * * *
    1. (período, momento) time
    2. (período largo) long time / ages
    4. (parte) half [pl. halves]
    ¿cuánto tiempo tiene tu bebé? how old is your baby?
    6. (verbal) tense
    ¿cuánto tiempo hace que...? how long...?
    ¿cuánto tiempo hace que conoces a Susana? how long have you known Susana?
    ¡cuánto tiempo sin verte! it's been ages since I saw you!
    tiempo libre free time / spare time

    Spanish-English dictionary > tiempo

  • 40 Mind

       It becomes, therefore, no inconsiderable part of science... to know the different operations of the mind, to separate them from each other, to class them under their proper heads, and to correct all that seeming disorder in which they lie involved when made the object of reflection and inquiry.... It cannot be doubted that the mind is endowed with several powers and faculties, that these powers are distinct from one another, and that what is really distinct to the immediate perception may be distinguished by reflection and, consequently, that there is a truth and falsehood which lie not beyond the compass of human understanding. (Hume, 1955, p. 22)
       Let us then suppose the mind to be, as we say, white Paper, void of all Characters, without any Ideas: How comes it to be furnished? Whence comes it by that vast store, which the busy and boundless Fancy of Man has painted on it, with an almost endless variety? Whence has it all the materials of Reason and Knowledge? To this I answer, in one word, from Experience. (Locke, quoted in Herrnstein & Boring, 1965, p. 584)
       The kind of logic in mythical thought is as rigorous as that of modern science, and... the difference lies, not in the quality of the intellectual process, but in the nature of things to which it is applied.... Man has always been thinking equally well; the improvement lies, not in an alleged progress of man's mind, but in the discovery of new areas to which it may apply its unchanged and unchanging powers. (Leґvi-Strauss, 1963, p. 230)
       MIND. A mysterious form of matter secreted by the brain. Its chief activity consists in the endeavor to ascertain its own nature, the futility of the attempt being due to the fact that it has nothing but itself to know itself with. (Bierce, quoted in Minsky, 1986, p. 55)
       [Philosophy] understands the foundations of knowledge and it finds these foundations in a study of man-as-knower, of the "mental processes" or the "activity of representation" which make knowledge possible. To know is to represent accurately what is outside the mind, so to understand the possibility and nature of knowledge is to understand the way in which the mind is able to construct such representation.... We owe the notion of a "theory of knowledge" based on an understanding of "mental processes" to the seventeenth century, and especially to Locke. We owe the notion of "the mind" as a separate entity in which "processes" occur to the same period, and especially to Descartes. We owe the notion of philosophy as a tribunal of pure reason, upholding or denying the claims of the rest of culture, to the eighteenth century and especially to Kant, but this Kantian notion presupposed general assent to Lockean notions of mental processes and Cartesian notions of mental substance. (Rorty, 1979, pp. 3-4)
       Under pressure from the computer, the question of mind in relation to machine is becoming a central cultural preoccupation. It is becoming for us what sex was to Victorians-threat, obsession, taboo, and fascination. (Turkle, 1984, p. 313)
       7) Understanding the Mind Remains as Resistant to Neurological as to Cognitive Analyses
       Recent years have been exciting for researchers in the brain and cognitive sciences. Both fields have flourished, each spurred on by methodological and conceptual developments, and although understanding the mechanisms of mind is an objective shared by many workers in these areas, their theories and approaches to the problem are vastly different....
       Early experimental psychologists, such as Wundt and James, were as interested in and knowledgeable about the anatomy and physiology of the nervous system as about the young science of the mind. However, the experimental study of mental processes was short-lived, being eclipsed by the rise of behaviorism early in this century. It was not until the late 1950s that the signs of a new mentalism first appeared in scattered writings of linguists, philosophers, computer enthusiasts, and psychologists.
       In this new incarnation, the science of mind had a specific mission: to challenge and replace behaviorism. In the meantime, brain science had in many ways become allied with a behaviorist approach.... While behaviorism sought to reduce the mind to statements about bodily action, brain science seeks to explain the mind in terms of physiochemical events occurring in the nervous system. These approaches contrast with contemporary cognitive science, which tries to understand the mind as it is, without any reduction, a view sometimes described as functionalism.
       The cognitive revolution is now in place. Cognition is the subject of contemporary psychology. This was achieved with little or no talk of neurons, action potentials, and neurotransmitters. Similarly, neuroscience has risen to an esteemed position among the biological sciences without much talk of cognitive processes. Do the fields need each other?... [Y]es because the problem of understanding the mind, unlike the wouldbe problem solvers, respects no disciplinary boundaries. It remains as resistant to neurological as to cognitive analyses. (LeDoux & Hirst, 1986, pp. 1-2)
       Since the Second World War scientists from different disciplines have turned to the study of the human mind. Computer scientists have tried to emulate its capacity for visual perception. Linguists have struggled with the puzzle of how children acquire language. Ethologists have sought the innate roots of social behaviour. Neurophysiologists have begun to relate the function of nerve cells to complex perceptual and motor processes. Neurologists and neuropsychologists have used the pattern of competence and incompetence of their brain-damaged patients to elucidate the normal workings of the brain. Anthropologists have examined the conceptual structure of cultural practices to advance hypotheses about the basic principles of the mind. These days one meets engineers who work on speech perception, biologists who investigate the mental representation of spatial relations, and physicists who want to understand consciousness. And, of course, psychologists continue to study perception, memory, thought and action.
    ... [W]orkers in many disciplines have converged on a number of central problems and explanatory ideas. They have realized that no single approach is likely to unravel the workings of the mind: it will not give up its secrets to psychology alone; nor is any other isolated discipline-artificial intelligence, linguistics, anthropology, neurophysiology, philosophy-going to have any greater success. (Johnson-Laird, 1988, p. 7)

    Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Mind

См. также в других словарях:

  • FROM THE DESTRUCTION TO ALEXANDER — the restoration ezra nehemiah The Restoration The destruction of the Temple constituted a double crisis. Not only were the people cast off the land but the Divine Presence departed from Jerusalem (Ezek. 10:19; 11:23). Once the city was bereft of… …   Encyclopedia of Judaism

  • From the beginnings to Avicenna — Jean Jolivet INTRODUCTION Arabic philosophy began at the turn of the second and third centuries of the Hegira, roughly the ninth and tenth centuries AD. The place and the time are important. It was in 133/750 that the ‘Abbāssid dynasty came to… …   History of philosophy

  • The Notion Club Papers — Middle earth portal The Notion Club Papers is the title of an abandoned novel by J. R. R. Tolkien, written during 1945 and published posthumously in Sauron Defeated, the 9th volume of The History of Middle earth. It is a space/time/dream travel… …   Wikipedia

  • The Incarnation —     The Incarnation     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Incarnation     I. The Fact of the Incarnation     (1) The Divine Person of Jesus Christ     A. Old Testament Proofs     B. New Testament Proofs     C. Witness of Tradition     (2) The Human… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Scientific information from the Mars Exploration Rover mission — NASA s 2003 Mars Exploration Rover Mission has amassed an enormous amount of scientific information related to the Martian geology and atmosphere, as well as providing some astronomical observations from Mars. This article covers information… …   Wikipedia

  • The Highest Good —     The Highest Good     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Highest Good      We always act with a view to some good. The good is the object which all pursue, and for the sake of which they always act , says Plato (Republic, I, vi). His disciple… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • MUKAMMIṢ (also al-Mukammaṣ, the spelling of the name is uncertain), IBN MARWĀN AL-RĀQI (from the city of Raqa, Iraq) AL-SHIRAZI AL- (also known as David ha-Bavli; c. 900) — MUKAMMIṢ (also al Mukammaṣ, the spelling of the name is uncertain), IBN MARWĀN AL RĀQI (from the city of Raqa, Iraq) AL SHIRAZI AL (also known as David ha Bavli; c. 900), one of the first Jewish philosophers of the Islamic period. al kirkisani ,… …   Encyclopedia of Judaism

  • the Big Apple — n American the nickname for New York City. It seems to have originated among jazz musicians, perhaps from the notion of a bite of the apple meaning a chance of success …   Contemporary slang

  • The nature of God in Western theology — The nature of God in monotheistic religions is a broad topic in Western philosophy of religion and theology, with a very old and distinguished history; it was one of the central topics in medieval philosophy.The Abrahamic faiths, Judaism,… …   Wikipedia

  • The Real Presence of Christ in the Eucharist —     The Real Presence of Christ in the Eucharist     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Real Presence of Christ in the Eucharist     In this article we shall consider:     ♦ the fact of the Real Presence, which is, indeed, the central dogma;     ♦ the …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Notion (song) — Notion Single by Kings of Leon from the album Only by the Night Released …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»